Index: wiki/pages/de/AV-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/AV-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/AV-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+----
+'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+ 
+ hier können die Audio und Video Einstellungen gemacht werden.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Standardauflösung''' ||Stellt die Standard Auflösung ein.||
+ ||'''Aktuelle Auflösung''' ||Zeigt die aktuell eingestellte Auflösung an||
+ ||'''Autom. Auflösung:'''  ||stell die vom Sender ausgestrahlte AUflösung autom ein.||
+ ||'''Bildeinstellung:''' ||Anzeigeformat von nicht 16:9 Bildinhalten.||
+ ||'''Seitenverhältnis:''' ||Stellt das Seitenverhältnis des Bildes ein.||
+ ||'''Farb Format''' ||Stellt das Farbformat für die HDMI Ausgabe ein||
+ ||'''Farb Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Stellt das Farbformat für den SCART Ausgang ein||
+ ||'''Audio Quelle:''' ||stellt das Audio Format ein||
+ ||'''Ac3 standardmäßig:''' ||Dolby AC3 Ton wird standardmäßig ausgegeben||
+ ||'''Ac3 Modus:''' ||verstellt das AC§ Audio Ausgabeformat.||
+ ||'''Audio Verzögerung:''' ||Synchronisationsinstellungen Audio - Video||
+ ||'''AC3-Angleichung durch Stereotonabsenkung in %''' ||Angleichung der AC3 Lautstärke an das Stereo Tonsignal||
+ ||'''3D Modus:''' ||Anpassung der Menüausgabe für den 3D - Modus des TV||
+ ||'''Zwei Stufen Stummschaltung''' ||Verstellt die Funktion der MUTE Taste.||
+ ||'''Automatischer Untertitel Start''' ||||
+ ||'''Sound Verstärkung (TV-Modus / interner Player)''' ||erhöht die Grundlautstärke im TV Modus und des Interen (.ts) Players.||
+ ||'''Sound Verstärkung (externer Player)''' ||erhöht die Grundlautstärke des externen Players / Streams.|| 
+ 
+Um diese Einstellungen zu speichern drücken sie __"OK"__, oder __"EXIT"__ um die Änderungen zu Verwerfen und das Menü zu verlassen. 
+
+ 
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/About
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/About	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/About	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''Über''' [=#point3.70.3] ([#point3.70 Information (zurück])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/about.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> hier werden Informationen zur aktuell installierten Titan Version angezeigt.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Adaptor-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Adaptor-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Adaptor-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.1 Netzwerk Einstellungen''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 Netzwerk (zurück])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Hier werden die Netzwerk Einstellungen fixiert.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Funktionen der Farbtasten"
+
+ Die __"farbigen Tasten"__ die am unteren Menürand angezeigt werden öffnen zusätzliche Menüs oder Optionen. 
+ 
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Bearbeiten)''' ||öffnet das Netzwerk - Bearbeitungs Menü||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Hostname)''' ||öffnet das Hostname Menü um den Namen des Receivers im Netzwerk zu bearbeiten.||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.6 Einstellungen''' [=#point3.6.6] ([#point3.6 Einstellungen(zurück])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>hier werden diverse Einstellungen des Receivers fixiert.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Zeit bis Lautstärkeanzeige ausgeblendet wird (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Anzeigedauer des Lautstärke Balkens||
+ ||'''Infoleiste bei Sendungswechsel anzeigen?''' ||bestimmt ob die Info Leiste beim Wechsel der Sender automatisch angezeigt wird.||
+ ||'''Zeit bis Infobar erscheint (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Zeitverzögerung bis der Info Anzeigebalken erscheint||
+ ||'''Zeit bis Infobar ausblendet (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Anzeigedauer des Info Anzeigebalkens||
+ ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||bestimmt die Funktion die durch zweimaliges Drücken der Info Taste aufgerufen wird||
+ ||'''Virtuelles Umschalten:''' ||???||
+ ||'''Spinnergeschwindigkeit:''' ||Bewegungsgeschwindigkeit des Spinner Symbols||
+ ||'''Spinnerzeit:''' ||Zeit ab wann der Spinner angezeigt wird wenn das System im Hintergrund arbeitet||
+ ||'''Zeit bis Warnmeldung erscheint (Sek)''' ||Zeitraum ab wann eine Systemmeldung erscheint wenn das System hängt||
+ || '''Schnelles Umschalten''' ||Aktivieren des schnellen Umschaltens||
+ ||'''TV Bild beim schnellen Umschalten nicht löschen'''||    ||
+ ||'''Schneller TitanNit Neustart''' ||???. ||
+ ||'''Ordnersortierung''' ||Art der Ordnersortierung im Dateimanager bestimmen||
+ ||'''Aktion bei Betätigung der EIN/AUS Taste''' ||bestimmt die Standardfunktion bei Betätigung der POWER Taste||
+ ||'''Schnelle Textausgabe''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. ||
+ ||'''Teile Aufnahmen ab einer Größe von''' ||bestimmt ob und ab welcher Dateigröße eine Aufnahmedatei aufgeteilt wird||
+ ||'''Vorlaufzeit (Min)''' ||bestimmt den Zeitraum um den eine Aufnahme zu früh gestartet wird. ||
+ ||'''Nachlaufzeit (Min)''' ||bestimmt den Zeitraum den die Aufnahme nach dem programmierten Ende noch weiterläuft||
+ ||'''Nach der Aufnahme''' ||bestimmt was der Receiver nach der Beendigung der Aufnahme ausführt||
+ ||'''Sprungzeit der Tasten 1+3 (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Zeit wie weit durch Druck der Tasten 1 und 3 während einer Wiedergabe gesprungen wird.||
+ ||'''Sprungzeit der Tasten 4+6 (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Zeit wie weit durch Druck der Tasten 4 und 6 während einer Wiedergabe gesprungen wird.||
+ ||'''Sprungzeit der Tasten 7+9 (Sek)''' ||bestimmt die Zeit wie weit durch Druck der Tasten 7 und 9 während einer Wiedergabe gesprungen wird.||
+ ||'''Sendername automatisch aktualisieren''' ||Die Senderliste wird bei geänderten Sendernamen oder ersetzten neuen Sendern automatisch korrigiert|
+ ||'''Zeige Fortschrittsbalken in Senderliste''' ||Der Sendungs Fortschrittsbalken wird in der Senderliste angezeigt||
+ ||'''Animierte Menüs''' ||verwende animierte Menüs||
+ ||'''Animationsgeschwindigkeit''' ||bestimmt die Geschwindigkeit der animierten Menüs||
+ ||'''Nichtempfangbare Kanäle''' ||Ausblendung von nicht empfangbaren Sendern in der Senderliste||
+ ||'''Benutze 'An letzter Stelle beginnen'?''' ||Bei mehrmaligem Start einer Mediendatei kommt eine Abfrage ob am Punkt der letzten Wiedergabe fortgesetzt werden soll.||
+ ||'''Synchronisiere Aufnahmen sofort (Schreibcache aus)''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly.||
+ ||'''Aufnahme Titel''' ||verändert die Standard Dateinamen der Aufnahmen||
+ ||'''Newsletter:''' ||aktiviert / deaktiviert den Newsletter beim Systemstart||
+ ||'''Versteckte Dateien anzeigen?''' ||Anzeige von versteckten Dateien und Ordnern im Dateiexplorer||
+ ||'''Expert Modus:''' ||aktiviert den Expert Modus um erweiterte Funktionen freizuschalten||
+ ||'''Benutze das Steuerkreuz für schnelles Umschalten und laut/leis''' ||Die Tasten des Steuerkreuzes können zusätzlich zum Zappen und zur Lautstärken Regulierung verwendet werden.||
+ ||'''Deaktiviere Crypt Support während der Wiedergabe von Daten/Streams''' ||Deaktiviert die Entschlüsselung durch CAM und Smartcard während ein Internet Stream oder eine Mediendatei abgespielt wird.||
+ ||'''Deaktiviere Mini TV:''' ||Deaktiviert das Mini Vorschaubild innerhalb der Menüs.||
+ ||'''Wiedergabepuffer - Zeit bis zum automatischen Laden nach einer Suche''' ||Zeitraum nach einer Sprungzeit um den Wiedergabepuffer erneut zu füllen||
+ 
+ Um diese Einstellungen zu speichern drücken sie "OK", oder "EXIT" um die Änderungen zu Verwerfen und das Menü zu verlassen. 
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Architecture-Programming
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Architecture-Programming	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Architecture-Programming	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+----
+'''5 Architektur und Programmierung Inhaltsverzeichnis''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models.
+
+This section explains the archeture and programming imformation that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past.
+
+Please select an item below for more information.
+
+ * ([#point5.1 Acrheture])
+ * ([#point5.2 Programming language])
+ * ([#point5.3 Source control])
+ * ([#point5.4 The Dev Team])
+
+----
+'''5.1 Archeture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+
+Currently the only supported architecture is the Super-H (sh4), The chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast.
+it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance and has found use in many low power embedded devices because of it low power consumption.
+
+Titannit is linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]).
+
+The sh4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output and the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
+
+TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support.
+
+Note: There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures such as the Proadcom MIPS acrheture.  Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+
+For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki]
+
+In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system.
+python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easlly programmable.
+This was done so that so that users can easilly develop and minipulate the system and intergrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a proformance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system.
+
+TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the proformance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit is a semi closed source project based on the SH4 open duckbox project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects.
+
+ * The basic Linux Image used in the project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4]
+ * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source]
+ * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3]
+ * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/]
+ *
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers.
+development is importand aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recgonised.
+
+''Note: currently this section is blank as i will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark''
+
+
+'''Founding DEV Team Members'''
+
+ * 
+ *
+ *
+ *
+
+'''Dev Team Members'''
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+'''Loyal Helpers'''
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+'''Team Thanks'''
+
+ We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio that has helped fund the TitanNit project and hasshowed interst in this project from its beginnings until now.
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Atemio-Hotline
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Atemio-Hotline	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Atemio-Hotline	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view contact info from atemio.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Audio-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Audio-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Audio-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.2 Media Center (zurück])      ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis])      ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Hier können Sie Ihre Audio Dateien (mp3 usw.) abspielen .[[BR]]
+Wenn Sie die '''OK-Taste''' drücken gelangen Sie in die Filestruktur. [[BR]]
+Hier können Sie festlegen auf welchen Ordner der AudioPlayer zugreifen soll.[[BR]]
+ Bsp: 
+  Audio-Dateien von der interen Festplatte abspielen: /media/hdd/[[BR]]
+  Audio-Dateien von einem externen Sepeichermedium abspielen: /media/usb[[BR]]
+  Internet-Radio abspielen: /media/internet/radio[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+
+----
+ '''Farbtasten Funktionen'''
+
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Sortiere)''' ||bestimmt die Sortiermethode im Dateimanager||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Dateilisten Modus)''' ||Schaltet zwischen Dateilisten Modus und Playlisten Modus.||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (Zufällig)''' ||aktiviert den Zufalls Abspielmodus||
+ ||'''blaue Taste: (Wiederholen)''' ||aktiviert den Wiederholungs Abspielmodus||
+ ||'''Menü Taste: (Menü)''' ||Zeigt ein Zusatzmenü des Audio Players. siehe unten.||
+
+----
+ '''Audio Player Untermenü'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Audio:
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||bestimmt die Sortiermethode im Dateimanager.||
+ ||'''Anzeige:''' ||Schaltet zwischen Dateilisten Modus und Playlisten Modus.||
+ ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb im Hintergrund.||
+ ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||wählt die Autostart Playliste||
+ ||'''Standard Verzeichnis:''' ||bestimmt das Verzeichnis das beim Audio Player Start gezeigt wird.||
+ ||'''benutze letztes Verzeichnis:''' ||zeigt das zuletzt besuchte Verzeichnis beim Audio Player Start.||
+
+
+ '''Farbtasten Funktionen'''
+
+
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Netzwerk)''' ||öffnet das Netzwerk Menü.||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Bearbeiten)''' ||Bearbeitungs Modus.||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (Screensaver)''' ||öffnet das Screensaver Menü.||
+
+----
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Audio-Video-Sat
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Audio-Video-Sat	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Audio-Video-Sat	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.||
+ ||'''Boot Resolution:''' ||set the default startup resolution.||
+ ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.||
+ ||'''Poweroff:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Scart on Standby:''' ||output TV Signal to scart when in standby.||
+ ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.||
+ ||'''Cam Routing:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/de/Auto-Start-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Auto-Start-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Auto-Start-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([#point3.60 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can change the startup settings.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Default-Autostart-ge#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart])
+ * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat-ge#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat])
+ * ([wiki:USB-Device-ge#point3.6.18.3 USB Device])
+ * ([wiki:Autostart-Network-ge#point3.6.18.4 Network])
+ * ([wiki:Child-Safety-ge#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety])
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Automatic-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Automatic-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Automatic-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.2.1 Automatic Search''' [=#point3.5.2.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform an automatic channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan in progress (Automatic).||
+ ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
+ ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
+ ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
+ ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
+ ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
+ ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
+----
+ '''After Scan Menu'''
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
+
+
+ 
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Autostart-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Autostart-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Autostart-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+----
+ === Autostart Settings ===
+'''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)])
+----
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. ||
+ ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. ||
+ ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. ||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Backup
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Backup	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Backup	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.8] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device.
+
+please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.||
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Blind-Scan-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Blind-Scan-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Blind-Scan-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform a blind scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
+ ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
+ ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
+ ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
+ ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
+ ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
+
+ ''Note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Blue-Button
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Blue-Button	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Blue-Button	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/CPU
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/CPU	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/CPU	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Change-Feed
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Change-Feed	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Change-Feed	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Channel-Edit
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Channel-Edit	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Channel-Edit	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can edit your channel data
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
+ ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
+ ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
+ ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
+ ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/de/Channel-Service
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Channel-Service	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Channel-Service	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration-ge#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
+ * ([wiki:Automatic-Search-ge#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
+ * ([wiki:Manual-Search-ge#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
+ * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings-ge#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Sat-Finder-ge#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
+ * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings-ge#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Child-Protection
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Child-Protection	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Child-Protection	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Child_Prodection.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.||
+ ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.||
+ ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.||
+ ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.||
+ ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock  on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.||
+ ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.||
+
+ * Soft Cam Pannel
+ * Records and EPG
+ * Media Center
+ * Media Player
+ * Extentions
+ * System
+ * Settigs
+ * Information
+ * Standby/ Poweroff
+ * Main Menu
+ * Media Center
+ * GUI Restart
+ * Power Off
+ * Network Restart
+ * A/V Settings
+ * Adjust
+ * Skin
+ * Plugins
+ * Records
+ * EPG Search
+ * Common Interface
+ * Smart Card Reader
+ * Flash Update Online
+ * Child Protection
+ * Service
+ * Sat Finder
+ * Epg Short View
+ * Single Epg
+ * Multi Epg
+ * Graphic Epg
+ * EPG Search
+ * Records
+ * Plugins
+ * Change Feed
+ * TPK Upgrade (Online)
+ * TPK Install (Online)
+ * TPK Tmp (tmp)
+ * TPK Media (media)
+ * TPK (remove
+ * Channel Service...
+ * Common Interface
+ * Smart Card Reader
+ * Network
+ * Harddisk
+ * VFDisplay
+ * Fancontrol
+ * System Update
+ * Backup
+ * Settings Backup Restore
+ * Receiver Unlock
+ * A/V Settings
+ * Language
+ * Timezone
+ * Red Button
+ * Blue Button
+ * Plugin Button
+ * Adjust
+ * Skin Adjust
+ * Screensaver adjust
+ * Timeshift Settings
+ * Record Path
+ * EPG Settings
+ * Child Protection
+ * Restore Default Settings
+ * Video Settings
+ * Channel Edit
+ * MediaDB Settings
+ * Autostart Settings
+ * Overclocking Settings
+ * Save Settings
+ * Service
+ * Newsletter
+ * About
+ * Streaming
+ * Atemio (hotline)
+ * Titan Changelog
+ * GIT Changelog
+ * System Info
+ * Log
+ * System_Status
+ * Free Space
+ * kernel
+ * Mounts
+ * Network
+ * Ram
+ * System Infos
+ * Cpu
+ * Memory
+ * MTD
+ * Module
+ * Devices
+ * Swap
+ * Top
+ * Prozesslist
+ * USB
+ * Flashupdate (online)
+ * Flashupdate (tmp)
+ * USBupdate (online)
+ * USBupdate (tmp)
+ * Power off
+ * Standby
+ * Restart
+ * GUI Restart
+ * Power Off Timer
+ * Tuner Configuration
+ * Automatic Search
+ * Manual Search
+ * Manual Search Cable
+ * Manual Search Terrestrial
+ * Rotor Settings
+ * Sat Config
+ * Sat Finder
+ * Blind scan settings
+ * Formatt HDD
+ * Filesystem Check
+ * Configure
+ * Time to Sleep
+ * Adapter Settings
+ * WLAN Settings
Index: wiki/pages/de/Child-Safety
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Child-Safety	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Child-Safety	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+>----
+>'''Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-ge#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
+ ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Common-Interface
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Common-Interface	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Common-Interface	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can set up your installed cam devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Picture:
+ ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
+
+  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Community
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Community	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Community	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+----
+'''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+Hilfe und Unterstützung können Sie in unserem Forum erhalten. 
+
+||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
+||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Configure
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Configure	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Configure	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+>----
+>'''File system Check''' [=#point3.50.5.3] ([wiki:Hard-Disk-ge#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk select an item and follow tht onscreen prompts.
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Contact
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Contact	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Contact	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+----
+'''15 Kontakt''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+Interessierte Externe Developer oder Tester können sich gerne via Skype bei uns melden.
+
+ * Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat"
+ * Skype Ansprechpartner: obiwan1976
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/DYNDNS-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/DYNDNS-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/DYNDNS-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network-ge#point3.5.4 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.||
+ ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.||
+ ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.||
+ ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.||
+ ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| ||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Default-Autostart
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Default-Autostart	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Default-Autostart	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust the startup settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
+ ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/de/Development
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Development	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Development	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+----
+'''11 Entwicklung''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+
+== Plugins Bauen ==
+
+''' Vorbereitung '''
+
+Im aktuellen tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 kann man nun TitanNit Plugins bauen.
+Ich habe mal 2 Plugins eingebaut, die als Beispiel dienen sollen. Man kann sich dann seinen Stand lokal erweitern und eigene Plugins bauen.
+
+wer ein frisches git benutzt muss einmal
+
+{{{
+make yaud-enigma2-nightly
+}}}
+
+durchlaufen lassen, danach reicht dann immer ein
+
+{{{
+make titan-plugins
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Devices
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Devices	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Devices	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/EPG-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/EPG-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/EPG-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.4 EPG Suche''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Timer und EPG (zurück])   
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+Hier können Sie nach Sendung suchen.[[BR]]
+Mit der '''roten Taste''' können Sie das Timer Menü aufrufen. [[BR]]
+Mit der '''Grünen Taste''' können Sie nach einem Sendungs- / Filmtitel suchen. [[BR]]
+Mit der '''gelben Taste''' durchsuchen Sie die Beschreibung der Sendungs- Filminformation [[BR]]
+und mit der '''Blauen Tasten''' durchsuchen sie beides. [[BR]]
+Die '''Menü Taste''' durchsucht die Genre Sparte des EPG.[[br]]
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine Aufnahme programmieren drücken Sie ([wiki:Records-ge#point3.10.5  Aufnahmen]) 
+
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/EPG-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/EPG-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/EPG-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>Here you can change your epg settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ 
+ ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
+ ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
+ ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
+ ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
+ ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
+ ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
+ ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
+ ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
+ ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
+ ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
+ ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
+ ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
+ ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
+ ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/EPG-Short-View
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/EPG-Short-View	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/EPG-Short-View	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+>----
+>'''EPG-Kurzübersicht''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+Vollständige EPG Übersicht aller verfügbaren Nachfolgesendungen auf dem aktuellen Sender.  [[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+----
+'''9 Externe Software - External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+'''9.1 [wiki:External-Software-TiMote-ge#point9.1 TiMote]''' 
+[[br]]
+'''9.2 [wiki:External-Software-TiView-ge#point9.2 TiView (Android)]''' 
+[[br]]
+'''9.3 [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor-ge#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor]''' 
+[[br]]
+'''9.4 [wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI-ge#point9.4 E2WebIfAPI]''' 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+----
+'''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+== Einführung ==
+Enigma2 Webinterface (WebIf) API wurde für Dreambox definiert.
+Es ist ein Protokoll, welches die Steuerung von Dreambox mittels HTTP-Anfragen erlaubt.
+
+Typische Steuerungsaufgaben sind:
+
+* Programmierung (Timer) und Wiedergabe von Aufnahmen
+* Live-Streaming (TV und Radio)
+* EPG-Funktionen (Anzeige, Suche)
+* Fernbedienung (Remote Control)
+
+Einen guten Überblick zum Protokoll findet Ihr im [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
+
+== Motivation ==
+
+Für TitanNit wurde die Android-App [TiMote#point9.1 tiMote] entwickelt. Mit dieser App steht die oben beschriebene Funktionalität zur Verfügung. D.h. jeder der ein Android-Handy bzw. -Tablett besitzt, kann den TitanNit-Receiver steuern und sogar auf dem Handy fernsehen. Das ist eine coole Sache, oder?
+
+Dieses Glück hat jedoch der Besitzer eines iOS-Geräts (iPhone, iPad) nicht mehr.
+Man kann zwar auch mit einem Web-Browser plattformunabhängig (Windows, Linux, Android, iOS) den Receiver steuern, dies ist aber nicht so komfortabel wie mit tiMote.
+
+Anderseits gibt es sowohl für iOS als auch Android schon fertige Apps für Dreambox-Receiver. Diese Apps basieren auf dem E2-WebIf-Protokoll. Könnte man nicht diese Apps ebenfalls für TitanNit-Receiver verwenden statt eine neue App für iOS zu entwickeln?
+
+== Die Lösung ==
+TitanNit besitzt schon ein eigenes Protokoll, welches jedoch mit Enigma2 WebIf nicht kompatibel ist.
+Nach kurzer Analyse wurde festgestellt, dass eine Konvertierung der E2-Anfragen auf TitanNit-Anfragen nicht so schwer ist.
+Deswegen wurde ein E2-Web-Server (e2webserv) entwickelt, welches das Enigma2 WebIf implementiert. Dieser Server empfängt die E2-Anfragen, delegiert die Aufrufe zum lokalen TitanNit Web-Server und die TiatnNit-Antworten wandelt zurück ins XML-Format, welches vom E2-Client erwartet wird.
+
+Auf diese Weise wird die TitanNit-Box jetzt offen für die vorhandene E2-Clientsoftware.
+
+
+== Voraussetzungen ==
+
+* Web-Server muss auf dem Receiver aktiviert werden
+* e2webserv muss auf dem Receiver installiert werden
+
+== iOS-Apps ==
+
+Folgende Apps habe ich auf meinem iPad2:
+* dreaMote
+* dreaMote Lite
+* e2RemoteHD
+* Dreambox Live
+
+Falls Ihr im App-Store nichts kaufen wollt, dann kann ich dreaMote Lite empfehlen.
+
+Zusätzlich zu der App benötigt Ihr einen Player.
+
+Ich habe folgende Player ausprobiert, welche bei mir gut funktionieren:
+* GoodPlayer
+* BUZZ Player
+* OPlayerHD Lite
+* VLC Player
+
+VLC und OPlayerHD Lite sind frei.
+
+== XBMC ==
+
+Falls Ihr die Media-Center-Software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] im Einsatz habt, so könnt Ihr mittels Live-TV-Plugin VU+ Euren TitanNit-Receiver direkt einbinden.
+XBMC läuft auf einem PC sowohl unter Windows als auch Linux, ist aber auch für Raspberry Pi verfügbar.
+
+== VLC ==
+Mit dem installierten e2webserv könnt Ihr Live-Streaming nur mittels [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (ohne extra Software) auf einem PC (Windows oder Linux) genießen.
+
+Ihr braucht dafür nicht die Kanäle manuell umschalten, es passiert alles automatisch. Damit dies möglich wird, braucht Ihr eine M3U-Playliste. Solche Playliste könnt Ihr pro Favorit generieren lassen und auf dem PC speichern. Danach einfach M3U-Datei mit VLC öffnen und das gewünschte Programm anklicken.
+
+Wie exportiert man die M3U-Datei für eine bestimmte Favoritenliste?
+
+In einem Web-Browser einfach die gewünschte Adresse angeben.
+
+Beispiel (Favorit heißt "Polish"):
+
+[http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
+
+Bei dem Link muss nur die eigene IP-Adresse angegeben werden und bei Namen mit Leerzeichen sollte man "%20" statt des Leerzeichen nehmen.
+
+Beispiel (Favorit heißt "Mein TV", Receiver-IP: 192.168.0.10):
+
+[http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
+
+== Client-Konfiguration ==
+Bitte bei dem E2-Client folgendes konfigurieren:
+* IP-Adresse des Receivers
+* Port: 8080
+* Streaming Port: 8001
+
+Zu beachten ist, dass SSL nicht unterstützt wird.
+
+Unten sieht man eine Beispielkonfiguration für dreaMote.
+
+[[Image(DreaMote.png, 384px)]]
+
+== e2webserv.conf ==
+
+Die Konfiguration für den Server muss man bei Bedarf manuell anpassen.
+Bei Standard-TitanNit-Konfiguration sollten keine Änderungen in e2webserv.conf notwendig sein.
+
+Bei einer Flash-Installation liegt die Konfigurationsdatei '''e2webserv.conf''' in dem Verzeichnis '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
+
+Hier ist der Inhalt:
+{{{
+# e2 web port
+port=8080
+# e2 data port
+dataPort=8001
+# titan web port
+titanPort=80
+# titan data port
+titanDataPort=22222
+# titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
+titanHost=127.0.0.1
+# automatic switching of channels
+# It is useful if you don't want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
+# If it is set to false and you have a single tuner the you can stream only channels located 
+# on the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver.
+autoZap=true
+# log output file
+logFile=/tmp/e2webserv.log
+# maximal log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximal allowed value is 1024).
+# When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created. 
+# It means maximally 2 x maxLogSize KB will be used.
+maxLogSize=10
+# thread pool size (1..8)
+threadPool=2
+# Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
+# You don't need to specify it, it will be automatically discovered.
+# But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but e.g. on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
+# should copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and specify here the location on the local computer.
+titanDir=/mnt/settings
+}}}
+== Links ==
+
+* Enigma2 Web-API im [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f%FCr-Titan AAF-Forum]
+* Sources auf [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
+ 
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+----
+'''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+Diese Anleitung bezieht sich auf die Version 5.0 von SatChannelListEditor. In zukünftigen Versionen werden evtl. neue Features hinzugefügt, wodurch sich die Ansicht des Programms ändern kann und nicht mehr den Screenshots in dieser Anleitung entspricht.
+
+== Voraussetzungen ==
+SatChannelListEditor wurde für die Laufzeitumgebung „Microsoft .NET Framework“ programmiert. Aktuell wird mindestens .NET Framework 2.0 benötigt.
+
+(siehe auch [http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia-Artikel zu .NET Framework])
+
+== Windows ==
+* Bei Windows XP muss .NET Framework in der Version 2.0, 3.0 oder 3.5 installiert werden. (3.0 und 3.5 sind erweiterte Versionen und beinhalten 2.0)
+* Bei Windows Vista und Windows 7 ist das .NET Framework bereits in der richtigen Version vorhanden und muss nicht nachinstalliert werden.
+* Bei Windows 8 muss das .NET Framework 3.5 installiert werden, da Windows 8 standardmäßig nur das .NET Framework 4.5 enthält, welches nicht mehr kompatibel zu SatChannelListEditor ist
+
+== Linux ==
+Bei Linux ist das Mono-Framework erforderlich (siehe [http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono-Projekt Wikipedia-Artikel zu Mono-Projekt]).
+[[BR]] Evtl. müssen WinForms libraries nachinstalliert werden mit "apt-get install libmono-winforms*"
+[[BR]] Gestartet wird das Programm dann auf der Kommandozeile mit dem Befehl „mono SatChannelListEditor.exe“.
+
+== Mac OS ==
+Bei Mac OS ist, wie bei Linux, das Mono-Framework erforderlich, damit SatChannelListEditor funktioniert.
+
+== Der erste Start ==
+Nach dem ersten Start ist SatChannelListEditor auf Englisch eingestellt und hat den Receiver „UFS-821“ ausgewählt.
+Nun muss als erstes die richtige Sprache und anschließend der richtige Receiver ausgewählt werden.
+
+== Einstellen der Sprache ==
+Wählen Sie im Menu unter dem Punkt „Options“ den Punkt „Language“:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/1.png)]]
+
+Darauf erscheint ein neues Fenster, wo Sie die Sprache auswählen und mit „OK“ bestätigen müssen:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/2.png)]]
+
+== Einstellen des Receiver-Typs bzw. Receiver-Betriebssystems ==
+Wählen Sie im Menu unter dem Punkt „Optionen“ den Punkt „Einstellungen“:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/3.png)]]
+
+Wählen Sie im darauf erscheinenden Fenster als Receiver „Titan“ aus:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/4.png)]]
+
+Wechseln Sie anschließend noch auf die Registerkarte „Titan“ und stellen dort die IP-Adresse ihres Receivers ein, bevor Sie das Fenster mit dem OK-Knopf wieder schließen. Die anderen Einstellungen auf dieser Seite müssen nicht verändert werden.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/5.png)]]
+
+== Download und Upload der Kanalliste ==
+Nachdem der Receiver-Typ und die IP-Adresse festgelegt wurden, können Sie die Kanalliste von ihrem Receiver herunter laden (Download) und nach Bearbeitung wieder an den Receiver schicken (Upload).
+[[BR]] Benutzen Sie dafür die beiden Knöpfe in der Werkzeugleiste oder im Menu:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/6.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/7.png)]]
+
+Wenn Sie einen Upload oder Download starten wird automatisch auf das Meldungs-Fenster gewechselt, wo Statusmeldungen zum Datei-Transfer angezeigt werden.
+
+== Bearbeiten der Kanalliste ==
+
+=== Favoriten ===
+Alle TV- und Radio-Kanäle werden in den Registerkarten „TV“ und „Radio“ im Hauptfenster von SatChannelListEditor angezeigt. Normalerweise befinden sich mehrere hundert oder tausend Kanäle in dieser Liste.
+[[BR]] Um die Navigation auf dem Receiver zu erleichtern, kann man die Kanäle einem oder mehreren Favoriten (auch Bouquets genannt) zuordnen.
+Die Favoriten bestimmen auch die Nummer der Kanäle, mit der Sie die Kanäle direkt über die Fernbedienung anwählen können.
+[[BR]] Erstellen Sie einen neuen Favoriten, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste im Baum der Favoriten klicken:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/8.png)]]
+
+Vergeben Sie anschließend den gewünschten Namen:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/9.png)]]
+
+Sie können nun Kanäle zu diesem Favoriten hinzufügen, indem Sie die Kanäle per Drag&Drop auf den neu erzeugten Favoriten schieben oder indem Sie auf dem Kanal mit der rechten Maustaste klicken und im Menu „Zu Favorit hinzufügen“ wählen:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/10.png)]]
+
+Nachdem ein Kanal zu einem Favoriten hinzugefügt wurde, erhält er auch eine Kanalnummer. Der erste Kanal im ersten Favoriten erhält die Nummer 1:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/11.png)]]
+
+Wenn ein Kanal mehreren Favoriten zugeordnet ist, bekommt er auch mehrere Kanalnummern:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/12.png)]]
+
+=== Der Favorit „EPG Scan“ ===
+Für TV-Kanäle gibt es einen speziellen Favoriten namens „EPG Scan“. Fügen Sie alle Kanäle, für die TitanNit automatisch den EPG laden soll, zu diesem Favoriten hinzu.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/13.png)]]
+
+=== Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Satelliten ===
+Wechseln Sie auf die Registerkarte „Satelliten“. Nach einem Klick auf die rechte Maustaste erscheint Menu, wo Sie einen neuen Satelliten anlegen oder einen bestehenden bearbeiten können. Doppel-Klick auf einen bestehenden Satelliten öffnet diesen ebenfalls zur Bearbeitung.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/14.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/15.png)]]
+
+=== Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Transpondern ===
+Wechseln Sie auf die Registerkarte „Transponder“. Nach einem Klick auf die rechte Maustaste erscheint ein Menu, wo Sie einen neuen Transponder anlegen oder einen bestehenden bearbeiten können. Doppel-Klick auf einen bestehenden Transponder öffnet diesen ebenfalls zur Bearbeitung.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/16.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/17.png)]]
+
+=== Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Kanälen ===
+Wechseln Sie auf die Registerkarte „TV“ oder auf die Registerkarte „Radio“. Nach einem Klick auf die rechte Maustaste erscheint Menu, wo Sie einen neuen Kanal anlegen oder einen bestehenden bearbeiten können. Doppel-Klick auf einen bestehenden Kanal öffnet diesen ebenfalls zur Bearbeitung.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/18.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/19.png)]]
+
+== Arbeiten mit Receiver-Profilen ==
+Wenn Sie mehrere Receiver besitzen empfiehlt es sich, mit Profilen zu arbeiten. Gehen Sie dazu zu den Einstellungen und aktivieren das Häkchen bei „Receiver Profile verwenden“:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/20.png)]]
+
+Geben sie anschließend einen Namen für das Profil ein und klicken auf den Knopf „Speichern“. Das Profil wird nun mit den aktuell auf der Registerkarte „Titan“ festgelegten Einstellungen erzeugt.
+[[BR]] Um ein Profil für einen zweiten Titan-Receiver zu erzeugen wechseln Sie auf die Registerkarte „Titan“, geben dort die IP-Adresse des zweiten Receiver ein, wechseln zurück auf die Registerkarte „Allgemein“, geben einen neuen Profilnamen an und klicken erneut auf „Speichern“.
+
+Wenn sie das Einstellungs-Fenster nun über den OK-Knopf schließen, befindet sich im Hauptfenster eine neue Auswahlbox, wo Sie zwischen den Profilen umschalten können:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/de/21.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiMote
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiMote	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiMote	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+----
+'''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[br]]
+Timote ist eine Universalfernbedienung für linux basierte Receiver. 
+Aktuell werden (Atemio) Titannit, Enigma2 und Neutrino unterstützt.
+
+Features:
+- Bouquets / Favoriten anzeigen
+- EPG anzeigen
+- EPG durchsuchen (*)
+- aktuellen Sender anzeigen
+- Aufnahmen anzeigen, streamen und löschen (*)
+- Timer erstellen, editieren und löschen
+- Satfinder (*) 
+- Powercontrol
+- virtuelle Fernbedienung
+- Nachrichten
+(*) Titannit/E2 only
+
+Für das Streaming sollte ein geeigneter Player, z.B. MX Player, VPlayer oder BSPlayer (lite) installiert sein.
+Wenn die App abstürzt aktivieren sie bitte "automatisches Fehlerbericht senden" in den Einstellungen. Sie können 
+dadurch helfen die Software zu verbessern und dem Entwickler die Fehlersuche entscheidend erleichtern.
+Kommentare, Fragen, Anregungen oder Wünsche? Schreiben mir eine Email oder hinterlasst auf der Homepage einen Kommentar!
+
+
+[[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
+[[br]]
+[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiView
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiView	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TiView	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+----
+'''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+Die TiView ist eine Windows 32bit Applikation, die unter Windows 32/64bit lauffähig ist.[[br]]
+Das Tool nutzt die HTTP-RAW-Api von TitanNit.[[br]]
+[[br]]
+''Highlights von TiView''
+
+- *Wiedergabe des TV-Bildes am PC
+- *Wiedergabe von Aufnahmen am PC
+- *PiP Funktion für gleichzeitige Wiedergabe von 2 TV-Streams / Aufnahmen am PC
+- *Proxy Funktion für den Zugriff einer Remote TiView und Streaming per runtergerechneten Stream
+- Verwaltung der Aufnahmetimer
+- Infobar zum laufenden Programm mit Fortschrittanzeige
+- Picon-Anzeige in der Infobar(dazu die Picons in das TiView Unterverzeichniss /Picons einfügen)
+- SenderEPG
+- MultiEPG
+- grafisches MultiEPG
+- EPG Suche
+- Übersicht der Aufnahmen
+- Profilverwaltung bei Verwendung mehrere Boxen
+- Signal-Monitor
+- Nachrichtenversand zur Box
+- OSD-Screenshot
+'''*Für die Wiedergabe am PC wird ein installierter VLC Player 2.x.x in der 32bit Version benötigt.'''
+(Alternativ kann auch die libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll und der Plugins Ordner von VLC in den TiView Ordner kopiert werden)
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TitanEditor
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TitanEditor	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/External-Software-TitanEditor	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+'''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point9.5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhalt]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+Titan Editor ist ein einfaches Programm für Windows um Enigma2 Senderlisten in ein für Titan verwendbares Format zu konvertieren.[[br]]
+Eine Funktion erlaubt auch das Konvertieren von Senderlogos (Picons) im Enigma2 Format nach Titan-Picons.
+
+Dieses Programm befindet sich noch in einem Beta Status, aber die Grundfunktionen funktionieren.
+ 
+ - konvertiert E2 channel Listen inkl. der Favoriten
+ - hinzufügen, bearbeiten und löschen von Titan Sendern
+ - konvertieren von E2 picons nach Titan Picons
+ - Favoriten verwalten
+
+Die derzeitige Version des TitanEditor ist Version 0.15 und es kann hier geladen werden: [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
+
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/de/File-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/File-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/File-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([#point3.2 Media center (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network)
+> you may do such things as copy delete and move.
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Filesystem-Check
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Filesystem-Check	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Filesystem-Check	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow tth onscreen prompts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Format-Hdd
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Format-Hdd	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Format-Hdd	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 system (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow tth onscreen prompts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Free-Space
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Free-Space	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Free-Space	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] (([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Functions
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Functions	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Functions	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+----
+'''2 Funktionsumfang''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+'' Highlights von TitanNit ''
+
+    - Leistungsstarkes Linux Betriebsystem
+    - Schneller Systemstart
+        - ca. 1 Sekunde aus dem Standby-Modus
+        - ca. 25 Sekunden aus dem Deep-Standby-Modus
+    - Schnelle Umschaltzeiten (unter 1 Sekunde)
+    - Verschiedene Menüoberflächen (Skins) inkl. Anpassungsmöglichkeiten
+    - Viele Einstellungsmöglichkeiten um das System auf die eigenen Bedürfnisse anzupassen
+    - Backup / Restore Funktion
+    - Übersichtliche Kanalliste mit Favoriten und anzeige der nachfolgenden Sendungen
+    - Multi-Tuner
+    - Plugin-Verwaltung
+    - Unterstützung von vielen Medienformaten
+    - Große Auswahl an Plugins
+    - PC Programme zum konvertieren und ändern der Senderliste
+    - Bildschirmschoner im Radio Modus
+    - Fernbedienungstasten frei belegbar
+    - Onlineupdate der Firmware
+    - Geringer Speicherverbrauch
+    - 24h Forum-Support
+    - Wachsende Community
+    - Webinterface
+    - Android App "tiMote"
+    - Windows App "tiView"
+    - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor"
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Git-Changelog
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Git-Changelog	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Git-Changelog	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can git information.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Graphic-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Graphic-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Graphic-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.3 Graphischer EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Timer und EPG (zurück])   
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Dieser zeigt das Programm mehrerer Sender gleichzeitig anhand eines Zeitstrahls an, [[BR]]
+um einen schnellen Überblick erhalten zu können, was wann wie lange läuft [[BR]]
+und was parallel dazu auf einem anderen Sender läuft.
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Farb- und Extra Tasten Funktionen"
+
+ 
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Timer)''' ||öffnet das Timer Menü um eine programmmierte Aufnahme zu erstellen||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (EPG)''' ||öffnet die ([wiki:EPG-Short-View-ge#point3.10.1 EPG Kurzübersicht])||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (einfach EPG)''' ||öffnet das ([wiki:Single-EPG-ge#point3.10.2 Einfach EPG])||
+ ||'''blaue Taste: (Multi EPG)''' ||öffnet das ([wiki:Multi-EPG-ge#point3.10.3 Multi EPG])
+ ||'''Taste 0 (EPG Suche):''' ||ruft die EPG Suchfunktion auf.||
+ ||'''FAV Taste: (Favoriten)''' ||öffnet das Favoriten Menü um diese zu wechseln.||
+ ||'''Info Taste: (Info)''' ||Zeigt die EPG Informationen zur aktuell ausgewählten Sendung.||
+ 
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine Aufnahme programmieren drücken Sie ([wiki:Records-ge#point3.10.5  Aufnahmen]) 
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine EPG Suche mit der Taste '''0''' machen drücken Sie ([wiki:EPG-Search-ge#point3.10.4 EPG Suche])
Index: wiki/pages/de/HTTP-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/HTTP-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/HTTP-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your HTTP interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.||
+ ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
+ ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
+ ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
+ ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
+ ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.||
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Hard-Disk
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Hard-Disk	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Hard-Disk	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk.
+please select a menu item for more information.
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Format-Hdd-ge#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD])
+ * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check-ge#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check])
+ * ([wiki:Configure-ge#point3.5.5.3 Configure])
+ * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep-ge#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep])
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/History
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/History	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/History	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+----
+'''1 Geschichte''' [=#point1]([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+ * Angefangen hat es im April 2011. Unser Developer Nit hat still und heimlich drei Wochen lang am Grundstein für Titan gearbeitet. Nach der Vorstellung ist Obi mit an Bord gekommen und der Rest vom Team auch. Alle waren begeistert wie schnell so etwas entstehen kann.
+ * Die Entwicklung war von Anfang an nonpublic Source, es war noch nicht klar in welche Richtung es gehen würde.
+ * nach einer 6 monatigen Entwicklungszeit wurde unser Hardware Unterstützer Atemio auf dieses Projekt aufmerksam und hat Interesse gemeldet. Durch die jahrelange Enigma2 Zusammenarbeit hatte sie dadurch den Vorrang bekommen.
+ * im Dezember 2011 wurde dann eine halbjährige Vereinbarung mit dem Hersteller Atemio getroffen.
+ * nach der guten Zusammenarbeit wurde diese Vereinbarung dann bis jetzt verlängert.
+ * die Grundidee für diese Projekt entstand aus mehreren Gründen:
+  * die sh4 Receiver hatten schon immer durch den fehlenden Python Chip und fehlender Cpu Leistung immer ihre Probleme mit Enigma2
+  * ständige Enigma2 Anpassungsvorgänge im TDT Git waren sehr umfangreich und haben viel Zeit gekostet
+  * als andere Gui Alternative gab es noch Neutrino, diese Oberfläche hatte zu dieser Zeit keinen Twinsupport
+  * statt diese dort einzubauen hat Nit für sich beschlossen, eine komplett neue Gui zu erstellen, die beide Gui Vorteile vereint.
+  * Neutrinos Vorteil war eh und je die Geschwindigkeit
+  * Enigma2s Vorteil war die einfache Einbindung von Skins und den Erweiterungen
+  * diese beiden in Verbindung ist der Grundgedanke von Titan gewesen und wurde in sehr kurzer und zeitintensiver Entwicklungsphase realisiert.
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Installation-Recovery
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Installation-Recovery	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Installation-Recovery	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+----
+'''8 Installation / Recovery Inhaltsverzeichnis''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[br]]
+
+this section contains information on instalation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver
+
+[[br]]
+ * [#point8.1 8.1 Atemio510 und kompatible Modelle]
+ * [#point8.2 8.2 Atemio520 und kompatible Modelle]
+ * [#point8.3 8.3 Atemio530 und kompatible Modelle]
+ * [#point8.4 8.4 Atemio7600 und kompatible Modelle]
+ * [#point8.5 8.5 Atevio700 und kompatible Modelle ]
+ * [#point8.6 8.6 Atevio7000 und kompatible Modelle]
+ * [#point8.7 8.7 Ufs910]
+ * [#point8.8 8.8 Ufs912]
+ * [#point8.9 8.9 Ufs922]
+ * [#point8.10 8.10 Installation auf anderen Fortis Modellen]
+ * [#point8.11 8.11 Deinstallation auf anderen Fortis Modellen]
+
+----
+'''8.1 Atemio510''' [=#point8.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atemio 510 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die die CH+ am Gerät (1 Taste von rechts) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atemio 520 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die Power Taste vorne am Gerät (die Taste in der Mitte) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atemio 530 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die CH+ am Gerät (1 Taste von rechts) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.4 Atemio7600''' [=#point8.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atemio 7600 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die CH+ am Gerät (1 Taste von rechts) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atevio 700 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die die CH+ am Gerät (1 Taste von rechts) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.6 Atevio7000''' [=#point8.6] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Atevio 7000 IRD Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die Atemio Homepage oder das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich aktuellest TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte IRD-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der IRD-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die CH+ am Gerät (1 Taste von rechts) solange gedrückt halten (ca. 15 Sekunden), bis „search IRD File…“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.7 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.7] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Kathrein UFS910 Update Image? ''
+ * Beim Installieren per usb wird der MNT Bereich im Image gelöscht das ist gleichzusetzen wie ein (Recovery-Image), beim Onlineupdate bleibt der Bereich erhalten.
+ * Besuchen Sie die das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei.
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte Update-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick und nennen Sie in miniFLASH.img um.
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der Update-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig mit der Fernbedinung 5 sekunden auf die Record Taste drücken bis „miniFlash search“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.8 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.8] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Kathrein UFS912 Update Image? ''
+ * Besuchen Sie die das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei.
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte Update-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick und platzieren sie die Datei im /kathrein/ufs912 Ordner
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der Update-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die Radio-Taste am Gerät solange gedrückt halten (ca. 5 Sekunden), bis „emergency boot“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''8.9 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.9] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'' Wie installiere ich ein Kathrein UFS922 Update Image? ''
+ * Beim Installieren per usb wird der MNT Bereich im Image gelöscht das ist gleichzusetzen wie ein (Recovery-Image), beim Onlineupdate bleibt der Bereich erhalten.
+ * Besuchen Sie die das AAF Digital Forum und laden Sie sich die aktuellste TitanNit Firmware.
+ * Entpacken Sie die ZIP-Datei.
+ * Kopieren Sie nun die entpackte Update-Firmware-Datei auf einen in FAT32 formatierten USB-Stick und platzieren sie die Datei im /kathrein/ufs922 Ordner
+     Hinweis: Der USB Stick sollte nicht über Windows, sondern über ein separates Programm wie z.B. das "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (Freeware Programm) formatiert werden. 
+     Des Weiteren empfehlen wir günstige USBSticks mit einer geringen Speicherkapazität sowie Lese- und Schreibgeschwindigkeit.
+ * Schalten Sie das Gerät aus.
+ * USB Stick mit der Update-Datei anschließen
+ * Gerät einschalten (Netzstecker anschließen) und gleichzeitig die Radio-Taste am Gerät solange gedrückt halten (ca. 5 Sekunden), bis „emergency boot“ erscheint,
+   anschließend beginnt die Installation. Erst danach die Taste loslassen
+     Hinweis: Sollte die Installation nicht starten, verwenden Sie einen anderen USB Stick.
+ * Nach der Installation bootet der Receiver neu und das Sendebild sollte erscheinen
+
+[[br]]
+----
+----
+new german section
+----
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''Instalation on other Fortis Recievers'''  [=#point8.10]([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Instalation Notes:'''
+
+''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install Atemio/ Atevio factory loader, because of secutity installed in the bootloader one can not flash a loader from another fortis Reciever it will be rejected.''
+
+''If you wish to install TitanNit the loader version must be 1.54 or above titan versions above 1.32 require you to install the new Iboot loader.''
+
+''There is a few ways around this as explained below:''
+ 
+[[br]]
+
+'''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method'''
+
+ * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your Reciever
+ * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot enviroment.
+ * Reboot the decoder and reconect to make changes.
+ * Install the factory loader and reboot.
+ * You will have the factory loader version 1.21 you must now update to 1.54 to be compatable with TitanNit
+
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest Atevio/ Atemio loaader (1.54).
+ * Extract the zip file
+  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up
+
+''You may now install TitanNit''
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]] 
+
+'''Cross Flash Method'''
+
+''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis decoder and flash an Atemio/ Atevio compatable boot loader from the plugin menu.''
+
+* Download the HDF Boot loader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital] forum.
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * go to the plugins section in your decoder and install the plugin and then start it.
+ * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen propmts.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed bootLoader should start-up.
+
+''You may now install TitanNit''
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Reseller Changer Tool Method'''
+
+''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/ Atevio compatable bootloader and flash it to any compatable Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.''
+
+
+* Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest Atevio/ Atemio loaader .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID.
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+
+
+with this method it will require you to change the reseller ID also of the titan ird file IRD to be able to install TitanNit.
+
+
+'''Be aware that this process if it goes wrong or the power goes off during flashing the loader there is no recovery method and don't blame us, compatibility is not guranteed with other decoders but you may find a list of compatable recievers in the [wiki:Supported-Recievers-en#point7 Supported Receivers] section.'''
+[[br]]
+[#point8 Top of Page]
+---- 
+'''8.11 Uninstalling Titan'' [=#point8.11] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[br]]
+
+If you have an Atemio/Atevio or ufs Receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are nessesary.
+
+Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader cant be done (easily) for other fortis decoders but there is one simple alternative method outlined below.
+
+
+'''Uninstalling TitanNit on non Atemio/ Atevio Reciever and Restore Reseller ID with Maxiuboot'''
+
+If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit below 1.32 before using this method.
+
+This will install the factory atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovert Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader.
+
+But for this to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.6 Iboot].
+
+once this is done you may start up ART from your pc and install Maxiuboot.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Once it is installed you then can set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory setting, This is out side the scope of this wiki please read the manual included with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) for more information on this process.
+[[br]]
+[#point8 Top of Page]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Interface-Operation
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Interface-Operation	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Interface-Operation	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+----
+'''3 Oberfläche und Bedienung''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+----
+'''dieser WIKI Abschnitt befindet sich in Bearbeitung - tote Links, teilweise englische Texte und fehlende Bilder sind möglich'''
+----
+
+== Oberfläche und Bedienung ==
+
+Dieser Abschnitt enthält die Informationen über die Bildschirmmenüs innerhalb TitanNit mit deren Inhalten und Funktionen, sowie hilfreiche Informationen und Vorgehensweisen um Ihre TitanNit Box bestmöglich zu bedienen.
+
+
+Hinweis: Die Bilder in diesem Bereich stammen alle aus dem Standard Skin der Software und können sich im lauf der Zeit auch leicht verändert haben.
+  Wenn Sie einen bestimmten Menüpunkt oder das Element bei Ihnen nicht sehen wählen Sie bitte den Standard-Skin aus dem Menü wie folgt:
+
+  Drücken Sie die __ "Menu"__ Taste und wählen __ "Einstellungen" __ nach unten scrollen, zu __"Skin"__ und wählen Sie  __"Default" __ aus dem Menü. 
+  Der Decoder wird dann einen Neustart mit dem neuen gewählten __ Default__ Skin machen.
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+Oberfläche und Bedienung Inhalte 
+ wählen Sie bitte einen Menüpunkt aus dem gui für weitere Informationen
+
+ * ([#point3.1 Timer und EPG])
+ * ([#point3.2 Media Center])
+ * ([#point3.3 Medien Abspielen])
+ * ([#point3.40 Erweiterungen])
+ * ([#point3.5 System])
+ * ([#point3.6 Einstellungen])
+ * ([#point3.7 Information])
+ * ([#point3.8 Standby / Ausschalten])
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''3.1 Timer und EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Das Aufnahmen und EPG-Menü enthält all die verschiedenen Ansichten und Sucheinstellungen für das EPG. [[br]]
+Dort werden auch die Einstellungen für Timer-Aufnahmen fixiert. [[br]]
+Bitte wählen Sie einen Menüpunkt für weitere spezifische Informationen zu diesem Artikel.[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View-ge#point3.1.1 EPG Kurzübersicht])
+ * ([wiki:Single-EPG-ge#point3.1.2 Einfach EPG])
+ * ([wiki:Multi-EPG-ge#point3.1.3 Multi EPG])
+ * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG-ge#point3.1.3 Graphisches EPG]) 
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Search-ge#point3.1.4 EPG Suche])
+ * ([wiki:Records-ge#point3.1.5 Timer Aufnahmen])
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+ * ([wiki:Audio-Player-ge#point3.2.1 Musik abspielen])
+ * ([wiki:Video-Player-ge#point3.2.2 Filme abspielen])
+ * ([wiki:Picture-Player-ge#point3.2.3 Fotos anzeigen])
+ * ([wiki:Mediathek-ge#point3.2.4 Online Mediathek])
+ * ([wiki:File-Browser-ge#point3.2.5 Datei Browser])
+ * ([wiki:Internet-Browser-ge#point3.2.6 Internet Browser])
+ * ([wiki:Weather-ge#point3.2.7 Wetter anzeigen])
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+''' Information'''
+
+
+Es ist eine Ansammlung von Playern jeglicher Art (Für lokale oder stream Files aus dem Lokalen Netzwerk oder Internet)
+
+'''Musik abspielen'''
+ * Filelist Modus (in verschiedenen Ansichten möglich schnell, default, groß, cover, fullcover)
+ * Playlist Modus (interne playlisten pls und externe m3u)
+ * Automatische MediaDB Anbindung dadurch werden Cover und iD3Tag infos aus der mp3 extrahiert
+ * Zufall Modus (random)
+ * Wiederholungs Modus (repeat)
+ * Screensaver (Titeltext, scrollende Bilder, springende Bilder, Hintergrundbilder)
+ * Radio Modus (über m3u Files können internet streams wiedergegeben werden in allen gängigen Protokollen rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
+ * viele gängigen Formate werden durch den Install des Codecpacks unterstützt. Ohne dieses werden nur standard Formate (mp3) abgespielt.
+ * Autoplay des nächsten Files
+ * Spungfunktion (seeken 1-3 10s ,4-6 30s ,7-9 60s)
+ * Spulen << >>
+ * Mounter Modus (iso, img, rar)
+ * Diverse Einstellmöglichkeiten im Einstellungs Screen
+ * Diverse Sortierungs Möglichkeiten
+
+'''Filme abspielen'''
+ * Filelist Modus (in verschiedenen Ansichten möglich schnell, default, groß, cover, fullcover)
+ * Playlist Modus (interne Playlisten pls und externe m3u)
+ * Automatische MediaDB Anbindung. Dadurch werden Cover, Hintergundbilder und Imdb infos aus dem Internet geladen
+ * Zufall Modus (random)
+ * Wiederholungs Modus (repeat)
+ * Streaming Modus (über m3u Files können Internet Streams in vielen gängigen Protokollen (rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http) wiedergegeben werden.
+ * viele gängigen Formate werden durch den Install des Codecpacks unterstützt. Ohne dieses werden nur standard Formate (ts, avi, mpg)angezeigt und abgespielt.
+ * Wiedergabe an der zuletzt beendeter Stelle beginnen
+ * Autoplay des nächsten Files
+ * Mounter Modus (iso, img, rar)
+ * Dvd Material (video_ts, usb dvd laufwerk) aber nur wenn die entspechende Erweiterung installiert ist (DvdPlayer)
+ * Diverse Einstellmöglichkeiten im Einstellungs Screen
+ * Diverse Sortierungs Möglichkeiten
+ * Spungfunktion (seeken 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 mit den werte aus den Titan Einstellungen)
+ * Spungfunktion (seeken über Steuerkreuz hoch/runter 10min links/rechts 1min)
+ * Im Filelist Modus Infotaste (Zusatzmenu Datei löschen, Imdb, ...)
+ * Im Play Modus Rote Taste (Zusatzmenu Imdb, ...)
+ * Im Play Modus Grüne Taste (Bild Verhältniss einstellbar)
+ * Im Play Modus Gelbe Taste (Audiospur Auswahl)
+ * Im Play Modus Blaue Taste (Screensaver einstellbar)
+ * Im Play Modus Text Taste (Untertitel einstellbar)
+ * externer Untertitel Support (srt/sub Dateien müssen den selben Namen haben wie das Videofile)
+ * interner Untertitel Support (dvds/mkv Dateien mit integrierten Untertiteln)
+ * Manuelle Imdb Suche für [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb/Cover]
+ * Hintergrungbilder einstellbar (nur im Fullcover Interval/Anzahl)
+
+'''Fotos anzeigen'''
+ * Filelist Modus (in verschiedenen Ansichten möglich schnell, default, groß, cover) (Cover bedeutet in dem Fall Vorschaubild)
+ * Playlist Modus (interne playlisten pls und externe m3u)
+ * Lückenlose Diashow ohne Wartezeiten ausser beim ersten File
+ * Zufall Modus (random)
+ * Wiederholungs Modus (repeat)
+ * unterstütze Formate png / jpg
+ * Mounter Modus (iso, img, rar)
+ * Diverse Einstellmöglichkeiten im Einstellungs Screen
+ * Diverse Sortierungs Möglichkeiten
+ * Hintergrund Radio einstellbar
+
+'''Online MediaThek'''
+ * Ansicht in 2/6/12/24/30 Bildern einstellbar
+ * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard]
+ * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (bezahl Streams sind standartmässig ausgeblendet können aber sichtbar gemacht werden)
+ * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga]
+ * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx) (per Kinderschutz Pin gesichert)
+ * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Livestreams)
+ * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Livestreams) 
+ * Favoriten Support
+ * Durch das zusätzlich installierbare Codecpack werden weitere Anbieter freigeschaltet.
+ * Lokales Speichern der Streams bei einigen Theken möglich
+ * Memory Buffer einstellbar für ruckelfreies Streamen
+
+'''Datei Browser'''
+ * Daten kopieren
+ * Daten verschieben
+ * Daten löschen
+ * Daten umbennen
+ * Ordner erstellen
+
+'''Internet Browser''' (wenn installiert)
+ * Steuerung per Fernbedienung
+ * Favoriten Support
+
+'''Wetter Plugin'''
+ * Standort Auswahl
+
+----
+'''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Der Media player ist ein Dateibrowser um lokale Medien abzuspielen.
+
+
+ '''Funktionen der Farbtasten'''
+
+ Die __"Farbtasten"__ am unteren Rand des Bildschirms öffnen Untermenüs und zusätzliche Optionen.
+   
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Sortierung)''' ||bestimmt die Sortierkriterien der Inhalte der Dateiliste.||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Auswahl)''' ||spielt die gewählte Datei ab.||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (EPG)''' ||zeigt die EPG Informationen der gewählten Datei (wenn vorhanden)||
+ ||'''blaue Taste: (Sortierung)''' ||bestimmt die Sortierkriterien der Inhalte der Dateiliste.||
+ ||'''Info Taste: (Info)''' ||ruft IMDB/TMDB Informationen der gewählten Media Datei ab.||
+ 
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.4 Erweiterungen''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Das Erweiterungs Menü beinhaltet Pakete um das Titan Betriebssystem auszubauen.
+ 
+ * ([wiki:Plugins-ge#point3.4.1 Plugins])
+ * ([wiki:Change-Feed-ge#point3.4.2 Feedadresse hinzufügen])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade-ge#point3.4.3 Aktualisieren (Online)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Install-ge#point3.4.4 Installieren (Online)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp-ge#point3.4.5 Installieren (tmp)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Media-ge#point3.4.6 Installieren (Lokal)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Remove-ge#point3.4.7 Entfernen])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Das System Menü beinhaltet Einstellungen der Hardware und Software.
+
+ * ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Sendersuche])
+ * ([wiki:Common-Interface-ge#point3.5.2 CI-Module])
+ * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader-ge#point3.5.3 SmartCard Reader]) 
+ * ([wiki:Network-ge#point3.5.4 Netzwerk])
+ * ([wiki:Hard-Disk-ge#point3.5.5 Festplatte])
+ * ([wiki:VFDisplay-ge#point3.5.6 VFDisplay])
+ * ([wiki:System-Update-ge#poin3.5.7 System aktualisieren])
+ * ([wiki:Backup-ge#point3.5.8 Sicherung erstellen])
+ * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore-ge#point3.5.9 Einstellungen sichern/wiederherstellen])
+ * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock-ge#point3.5.10 Receiver freischalten])
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''3.6 Einstellungen''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Das Einstellungs Menü beinhaltet die unterschiedlichen Programm Einstellungen des Receivers.
+Optische und inhaltliche Anpassungen können vorgenommen werden.
+
+ * ([wiki:AV-Settings-ge#point3.6.1 AV Einstellungen])
+ * ([wiki:Language-ge#point3.6.2 Sprachen])
+ * ([wiki:Timezone-ge#point3.6.3 Zeitzone]) 
+ * ([wiki:Red-Button-ge#point3.6.4 rote Taste])
+ * ([wiki:Blue-Button-ge#point3.6.5 blaue Taste])
+ * ([wiki:Adjust-ge#point3.6.6 Erweitert])
+ * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust-ge#point3.6.7 Skin Einstellungen])
+ * ([wiki:Skin-ge#point3.6.16 Skin Auswahl])
+ * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust-ge#point3.6.8 Bildschrimschoner])
+ * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings-ge#point3.6.9 Timeshift])
+ * ([wiki:Record-Path-ge#point3.6.10 Aufnahmen])
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Settings-ge#point3.6.11 EPG])
+ * ([wiki:Child-Protection-ge#point3.6.12 Jugendschutz])
+ * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings-ge#point3.6.13 Werkseinstellungen herstellen])
+ * ([wiki:Video-Settings-ge#point3.6.14 Bildeinstellungen])
+ * ([wiki:Channel-Edit-ge#point3.6.15 Senderliste bearbeiten])
+ * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings-ge#point3.6.17 MediaDB])
+ * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-ge#point3.6.18 Auto Start])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Information.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Im Information Menü können diverse Daten des Receivers, Betriebsystems, Hardware, Streams, ...  abgerufen werden.
+Hilfe und Kontaktinformationen sind ebenfalls enthalten.
+
+ * ([wiki:Service-ge#point3.7.1 Sender])
+ * ([wiki:News-letter-ge#point3.7.2 Newsletter])
+ * ([wiki:About-ge#point3.7.3 Über])
+ * ([wiki:Streaming-ge#point3.7.4 Streaming])
+ * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline-ge#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)])
+ * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog-ge#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog])
+ * ([wiki:Git-Changelog-ge#point3.7.7 Git Changelog])
+ * ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info])
+ * ([wiki:Log-ge#point3.7.9 Log])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.8 Standby / Ausschalten''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Standby/Ausschalten bietet unterschiedliche Ausschalt Vorgänge
+
+ * '''Ausschalten:''' Box fährt in den DeepStanby und schaltet komplett ab.
+ * '''Standby:''' Box schaltet nur Bild und Ton ab (Stromverbrauch deutlich höher als ausgeschaltet, aber dafür sofort
+ wieder betriebsbereit). Alle Funktionen über das WebIF bleiben aktiv.
+ * '''Neustarten:''' Receiver wird komplett heruntergefahren und neu gestartet. erforderlich um Einstellungen zu übernehmen.
+ * '''Titan Neustart:''' Neustart des Betriebssystems (schneller)
+ * '''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer-ge Ausschalt Timer])''' Dient zum Einstellen eines Ausschaltzeitpunkts   
+ 
+
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Internet-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Internet-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Internet-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Kernel
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Kernel	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Kernel	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the kernel build info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Language
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Language	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Language	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Language.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages.
+if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings.
+
+ * German
+ * English
+ * French
+ * Greek
+ * Italian
+ * Polish
+ * Russian
+ * Dutch
+ * Vietnamese
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Log
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Log	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Log	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8 Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+> here you can view your error log.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.||
Index: wiki/pages/de/MTD
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/MTD	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/MTD	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.4 MTD''' [=#point3.7.8.6.3] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the raw flash partitions (MTD).
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Manual-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Manual-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Manual-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform a manual channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.||
+ ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.||
+ ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.||
+ ||'''ID''' ||??? .||
+ ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.||
+ ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.||
+ ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .||
+ ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.||
+ ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. ||
+ ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.||
+ ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
+ ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
+ ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
+ ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
+ ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
+ ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
+
+ ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__'' 
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
+----
+ '''After Scan Menu'''
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Manufactures
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Manufactures	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Manufactures	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+----
+'''13 Hersteller''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =||
+||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =||
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/MediaDB-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/MediaDB-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/MediaDB-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.17 MediaDB Settings''' [=#point3.6.17] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/MediaDB_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can change your media db settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''MediaDB Path''' ||Here you can edit the path where the MediaDB is stored.||
+ ||'''Delete MediaDB Before Scan:''' ||here you can to select to clear the MediaDB before a scan.||
+ ||'''Delete Unused Entrys Before Scan:''' ||Here you can delete MediaDB entries For items not used.||
+ ||'''Update Entrys On Scan:''' ||Update entries in the MediaDB with updated information if present.||
+ ||'''Backdrop Download Count:''' ||Select the amount of backdrops to download per Entry in the MediaDB.||
+ ||'''Debug Modus:''' ||Select Debug mode to out put Media DB results logfile.||
+ ||'''Create Thumb Picture:''' ||automatically Create Thumbnails for items in the MediaDB.||
+ ||'''Create Record Picture:''' ||Automatically Creat Thumbnails for recordings.||
+
+To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Mediathek
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Mediathek	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Mediathek	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)''' [=#point3.2.4] ([#point3.2 Media center (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>Mediathek is the titan online media center to view various feeds from the internet
+>such as utube etc...
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Memory
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Memory	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Memory	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.2 Memory''' [=#point3.7.8.6.2] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Memory info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Module
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Module	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Module	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.4 Module''' [=#point3.7.8.6.4] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed loaded Module info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Mounts
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Mounts	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Mounts	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.4 Mounts''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view all mounted devices on the receiver.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Multi-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Multi-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Multi-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.1 Multi EPG''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Timer und EPG(zurück)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhalt]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Multi_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+Hier erhalten Sie eine Programmübersicht über mehrere Sender.[[BR]]
+Wählen Sie das gewünschte Programm mit den '''PFEIL-Tasten'''[[BR]]
+und stellen Sie anschließend den Aufnahmetimer durch Drücken der '''ROTEN-Taste''' ein.   [[BR]]
+Mit der '''Info Taste''' erhalten Sie eine detaillierte Programm Information zu dem jeweiligen ausgewählten Sender.[[BR]]
+Die Tasten '''CH +/-''' ermöglichen das seitenweise Springen durch die Multi-EPG Ansicht.[[BR]]
+Mit den '''Schnellvorlauf-Tasten'' '''''können Sie zur vorherigen bzw. zu den nächsten Sendung springen.
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine Aufnahme programmieren drücken Sie ([wiki:Records-ge#point3.10.5 Aufnahmen])
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine EPG Suche mit der Taste '''0''' machen drücken Sie ([wiki:EPG-Search-ge#point3.10.4 EPG Suche])
Index: wiki/pages/de/Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4 Network''' [=#point3.5.4] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Network.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>
+here you can set up your network interface and mounts.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Adaptor-Settings-ge#point3.50.4.1 Adaptor Settings])
+ * ([wiki:WLAN-Settings-ge#point3.50.4.2 WLAN Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Test-ge#point3.50.4.3 Network Test])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Restart-ge#point3.50.4.4 Network Restart])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Browser-ge#point3.50.4.5 Network Browser])
+ * ([wiki:HTTP-Settings-ge#point3.50.4.6 HTTP Settings])
+ * ([wiki:DYNDNS-Settings-ge#point3.50.4.7 DYNDNS Settings])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Network-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Network-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Network-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.5 Network Browser''' [=#point3.5.4.5] ([WikiStart#point3.5.4 Network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup network shares.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Add)''' ||This will bring up the add network share.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||this will edit the currently selected network mount.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (DEL)''' ||The will Delete the currently selected network share.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Search)''' ||This will search the surrent subnet mask for available network shares.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Auth Settings)''' ||this will allow you to edit the current password and user name.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Network-Restart
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Network-Restart	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Network-Restart	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.4 Network Restart''' [=#point3.5.4.4] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can Restart your network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ press the __"Ok"__ button to restart the network interface, Press __"Exit"__ to Cancel.
Index: wiki/pages/de/Network-Test
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Network-Test	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Network-Test	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.3 Network Test''' [=#point3.5.4.3] ([wiki:Network-ge#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check your network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ To Exit from the network test menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button
Index: wiki/pages/de/News-letter
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/News-letter	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/News-letter	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.2 News letter''' [=#point3.7.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Newsletter.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view news from the titan team.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Select a newsitem with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ to view it.
+
+To Exit from the Menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Picture-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Picture-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Picture-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.3 Picture Player''' [=#point3.2.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.2 Media center (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+picture player is where you can view pictures and set up slideshows.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
+
+----
+ '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Picture:
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Sound:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''interval:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Show Pic Title:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Pic Denom Mode:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Pic Quality:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Pic HW Decoder:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
+ ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
+
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+
+ ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+
+----
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+>----
+>'''3.4.1 Plugins''' [=#point3.4.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Plugins.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+
+In this menu you can run your plugins start and stop them.
+
+to start a plugin select it with the D-pad and press __"ok"__
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ '''Red Button''' This button unloads the currently selected plugin it can not be restarted until the box is rebooted.
+
+ '''Blue Button''' This button restarts the currently selected plugin if it is not loaded or running.
+[[br]]
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Bootlogos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Bootlogos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Bootlogos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+----
+'''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+||= '''Bikergirl''' =||= '''Blueskulls''' =||= '''Cityflash''' =||= '''Enigmalinux''' =||= '''Fantasygirl2''' =||= '''Fantasygirl''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Firelady''' =||= '''Fireskull''' =||= '''Footballgirls''' =||= '''Ghostrider''' =||= '''Giantgirl''' =||= '''Iceage2scrapufs910''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Linuxgirl''' =||= '''Planets''' =||= '''Thegrimreaper''' =||= '''Zombie''' =||= '''TitanNit 1''' =||= '''TitanNit 2''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''TitanNit 3''' =||= '''TitanNit 4''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+----
+'''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+
+
+Derzeit TitanNit bietet ein Plugin namens Netsurf, die der Decoder zum Stöbern im Internet Weitere Informationen werden auf dieser Plugin in der Zukunft kommen kann.
+
+ [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/browser_netsurf/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/browser)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Channel-Lists
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Channel-Lists	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Channel-Lists	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+----
+'''10.6 Kanallisten''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+
+Kanal-Liste sind vorbereitete Senderlisten, um aktuelle Sender ohne Sendersuche zu installieren. 
+
+Satellit: 
+ * Astra 19.2
+ * Hotbird 13,0
+ * Astra 28,2
+
+Kabel: 
+ * Kabel Deutschland 
+ * Kabel Unity Media
+ * Kabel BW  
+
+Wenn Sie Ihre eigene Sat-Config für Ihr Land liefern möchten, bitte im AAF-Forum Ihre Senderlisten posten.
+
+----
+||= '''default cable''' =||= '''default sat''' =||= '''matze70neueDesign''' =||= '''matze70_sat_1_0''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:ipk/source/settings_matze70neueDesign_sat19_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_matze70_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Bulldog 3xsat''' =||= '''sofa_cableBW''' =||= '''uljanow_1sat''' =||= '''Unitymedia Cable''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_3xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_sofa_cableBW_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_uljanow_1sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_unitymedia_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Contents
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Contents	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Contents	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+----
+'''10 Plugins''' [=#point10] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+----
+'''10.1 Bildschirmschoner''' [=#point10.1] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Screensavers-en#point10.1 10.1 Bildschirmschoner / Screensavers]
+
+'''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos-ge#point10.2 10.2 Bootlogos]
+
+'''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Browser-ge#point10.3 10.3 Browser]
+
+'''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Infos-ge#point10.5 10.5 Infos / info-news]
+
+'''10.6 Kanallisten''' [=#point10.6] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists-ge#point10.6 10.6 Kanallisten / Channel Lists]
+
+'''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Keymaps-ge#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]
+
+'''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' [=#point10.8] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins-ge#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]
+
+'''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins-ge#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]
+
+'''10.10 Netzwerk''' [=#point10.10] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Network-ge#point10.10 10.10 Netzwerk / Network]
+
+'''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Player-ge#point10.10 10.10 Player]
+
+'''10.12 Schriftarten''' [=#point10.12] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Fonts-ge#point10.11 10.11 Schriftarten / Fonts]
+
+'''10.13 Senderlogos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-station-logos-ge#point10.12 10.12 Senderlogos / station logos]
+
+'''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Skins-ge#point10.13 10.13 Skins]
+
+'''10.15 Spiele''' [=#point10.15] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Games-ge#point10.14 10.14 Spiele / Games]
+
+'''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Tools-ge#point10.15 10.15 Tools]
+
+'''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] 
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Wlan-ge#point10.16 10.16 Wlan]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Emus
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Emus	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Emus	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+----
+'''10.4 Emus''' [=#point10.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_camd3_3_902/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_800/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_806/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_incubus_1_22/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mbox0.6_0010/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_35/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_38a/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_newcs/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_4736v13/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_7209/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755small/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8933/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_nightly/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_spezial/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Fonts
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Fonts	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Fonts	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+----
+'''10.12 Schriftarten''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/_path_/usr/share/fonts)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Games
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Games	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Games	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+----
+'''10.15 Spiele''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+||= '''Catcatch''' =||= '''Wins3''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_catcatch/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/catcatch)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_wins3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/wins3)]] =||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Infos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Infos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Infos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+----
+'''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdb/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/imdb)]]
+ IMDB ermöglicht die Anzeige von Medien Informationen über den ausgewählten Film.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdbapi/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/imdbapi)]]
+ IMDBAPI ermöglicht die Anzeige von Medien Informationen über den ausgewählten Film.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_news/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tinews)]]
+ News ermöglicht die Anzeige von Online-News und aktuellen Veranstaltungen.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_stock/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/stock)]]
+ Stock ermöglicht die Anzeige von Online-Aktien Berichten
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_streaminfo/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/streaminfo)]]
+ Streaminfo zeigt die Details der laufenden Streams
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_tmdb/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tmdb)]]
+ TMDB ermöglicht die Anzeige von Medien Informationen über den ausgewählten Film.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_weather/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/weather)]]
+ Weather erlaubt die Betrachtung von Wetterdaten aus Online-Quellen.
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Keymaps
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Keymaps	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Keymaps	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+----
+'''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/mnt/config)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+----
+'''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' [=#point10.8] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+Die Pearl LCD-Skins verändern und erweitern die Optik und Inhalte des Pearl LCD Plugins.
+
+||= '''Atemio Style''' =||= '''Blau mit Picons''' =||= '''Mrp''' =||= '''only Picon''' =||= '''Picon gross Schwarz''' =||= '''Schwarz ohne Picons''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/preview/prev.png,link=source:ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/_path_/usr/local/share/titan)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/preview/prev.png,link=source:ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdpearl1)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/preview/prev.png,link=source:ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/_path_/usr/local/share/titan)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/preview/prev.png,link=source:ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/_path_/usr/local/share/titan)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/preview/prev.png,link=source:ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdpearl1)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+----
+'''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+Die Samsung LCD-Skins verändern und erweitern die Optik und Inhalte des Samsung LCD Plugins.
+
+||= '''Channel Analoguhr''' =||= '''Channel Digitaluhr Gelb''' =||= '''Channel Digitaluhr Trikots''' =||= '''Digitaluhr Blau''' =||= '''Holzuhr Standby''' =||= '''Picons 320x240''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_PICONS_320x240/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_PICONS_320x240/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+----
+'''10.10 Netzwerk''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_dlna/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/dlna)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_facebook/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/facebook)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/_path_/)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/_path_/)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/_path_/lib)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_smbclient/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_smbclient/_path_/bin)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_networkbrowser/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/networkbrowser)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/_path_/)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/_path_/bin)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+----
+'''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_codecpack/preview/prev.png,nolink)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/_path_/bin)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dvdplayer/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/dvdplayer)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_gmediarender/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/gmediarender)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_hbbtv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/hbbtv)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_mc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/mc)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tithek/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tithek)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tmc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tmc)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/imdbfolder)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Screensavers
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Screensavers	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Screensavers	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+----
+'''10.1 Bildschirmschoner''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+||= '''Default''' =||= '''Animation Kidds''' =||= '''Beach''' =||= '''Bikes Motorcycles''' =||= '''Brands Logos''' =||= '''Cars''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/default)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/animation.kidds)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/bikes.motorcycles)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/brands.logos)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cars)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Celebrations''' =||= '''Celebrities''' =||= '''Christmas''' =||= '''Creative Graphics''' =||= '''Cute''' =||= '''Digital Universe''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrations)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrities)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/christmas)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/creative.graphics)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cute)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/digital.universe)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Dreamy Fantasy''' =||= '''Eisriesenwelt''' =||= '''Fantasy Girls''' =||= '''Fc Bayern''' =||= '''Flowers''' =||= '''Games''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/dreamy.fantasy)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/eisriesenwelt)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fantasy.girls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fcbayern)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/flowers)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/games)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''HDR Pictures''' =||= '''Hotgirls 1''' =||= '''Hotgirls 2''' =||= '''Inspirational''' =||= '''Love''' =||= '''Movies''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/HDR-Pictures)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls_2)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/inspirational)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/love)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/movies)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Nature Landscape''' =||= '''Others''' =||= '''Photography''' =||= '''Planes''' =||= '''Radio''' =||= '''Sports''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/nature.landscape)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/others)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/photography)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/planes)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/radio)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/sports)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Travel World''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/travel.world)]] =||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Skins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Skins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Skins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+----
+'''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+||= '''0Acht5Zehn''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnblack''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnwhite''' =||= '''Cool''' =||= '''CoolMiniTV''' =||= '''Default''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_black)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_white)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/coolMiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_default/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Default no MiniTV''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue-MiniTV''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV''' =||= '''MetrixHD''' =
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_defnominitv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MetrixHD)]]=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''NoGfx''' =||= '''NoGfx Grey''' =||= '''SmartTV''' =||= '''tobayer01''' =||= '''ufs912''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx)]]=||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx_grey)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/smartTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/tobayer01)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/ufs912)]]
+=||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Tools
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Tools	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Tools	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+----
+'''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_autotimer/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/autotimer)]]  
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Autotimer'''
+
+
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_callmonitor/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/callmonitor1)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Callmonitor'''
+
+ In Verbindung mit einer Fritzbox werden eingehende / ausgehende Telefongespräche am Bildschirm angezeigt.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_filemanager/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/filemanager)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Filemanager'''
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_IP-Kamera/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/instar)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''IP Camera'''
+
+ Eine im Netzwerk befindliche IP-Kamera kann am Bildschirm angezeigt werden. Ein Schwenken der Kamera ist möglich, wenn die Kamera das unterstützt.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th style="border: none" rowspan=0 align=left
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdpearl1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/lcdpearl1)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''LCDPearl - Pearl Zusatzdisplay'''
+
+ Anzeige von EPG Infos, Senderlogos, ...  auf dem kleinen externen USB Bilderrahmen.  
+ Zusätzliche Skin Versionen sind unter [wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]  zu finden.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdsamsung/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/lcdsamsung)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+  '''LCDSamsung - Samsung Zusatzdisplay'''
+
+ Tool um zusätzliche Informationen auf div. Samsung LCD Bilderrahmen anzuzeigen. (Senderlogos, Uhrzeit, Wetter, OSD Menüs, ...).
+ Zusätzliche Skin Versionen sind unter [wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins] zu finden.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_optimize/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/optimize)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Optimize'''[[BR]][[BR]]
+ Ein Tool um die Senderlisten in TitanNit zu optimieren. Überflüssige Sender und Transponder können hier entfernt werden. Die Geschwindigkeit beim Scrollen in der Senderliste erhöht sich.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_panel/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/panel)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''panel - AAF Panel'''
+
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_PermanentTime/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/permtime)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Permanent Time'''
+
+ Beim Aufruf wird permanent die Uhrzeit eingeblendet. Beim nochmaligen Aufruf wird sie wieder abgeschaltet.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_tsschnitt/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tsSchnitt)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Record cut'''
+
+Mit Record cut können bei Titannit Aufnahmen der Anfang bzw. das Ende beschnitten werden.
+Den gewünschten Film mit dem internen Player starten, dort mit der Taste 0 den neuen Startpunkt und am Schluss den Endpunkt markieren. Die Taste 5 ist für die Marker Übersicht.
+Danach wird der Record Cut gestartet, mit der grünen Taste der Film ausgewählt und mit der blauen Taste wird der Schnittvorgang gestartet. 
+Mit der gelben Taste kann dieser Vorgang im Hintergrund ausgeführt werden. 
+Nach der Bearbeitung wird das Ende als Information auf dem TV angezeigt. 
+Der Vorgang kann aber auch beobachtet werden oder mit Exit abgebrochen werden. (rote Taste)
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_rgui/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/rgui)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''RGUI'''
+
+ Mit rgui kann auf eine andere Titanbox zugegriffen werden. Es kann auch auf das TV Programm der anderen Box zugegriffen werden. Streamen zwischen beiden Boxen wird auch ermöglicht.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_scriptexec/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/scriptexec)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Scriptexec'''
+
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_stopifnotused/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/stopifnotused)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''stop if not used'''
+
+ Eure TitanNit Box wird mit dieser Funktion nach der eingestellten Zeit ausgeschalten oder in Standby geschickt, wenn keine Taste betätigt wird.
+
+ Autostart = ja / nein  -  Zeit bis Aktion (min) = 30/60/90/120/180/240  -  Aktion = standby/Ausschalten 
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/_path_/bin)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Parted'''
+
+ Parted ist erforderlich um eine große (>2TB) Festplatte zu formatieren. Nach der Installation ist es automatisch aktiv, Festplatten können über das Menü eingerichtet werden.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_usbreset/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/usbreset)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''USB Reset'''
+
+ Angeschlossene USB Geräte werden neu eingelesen.
+}}}
+
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_zapback/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/zapback)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Zapback'''
+
+ Zapback schaltet nach Aktivierung nach einer voreingestellten Zeit wieder auf den Ausgangskanal zurück.
+}}}
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Wlan
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Wlan	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-Wlan	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+----
+'''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+||= '''8192cu''' =||= '''8712u''' =||= '''Rt2870sta''' =||= '''Rt3070sta''' =||= '''Rt5370sta''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8192cu/preview/prev.png,nolink)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8712u/preview/prev.png,nolink)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt2870sta/preview/prev.png,nolink)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt3070sta/preview/prev.png,nolink)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt5370sta/preview/prev.png,nolink)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Plugins-station-logos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Plugins-station-logos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Plugins-station-logos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+----
+'''10.13 Senderlogos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+'''picons_transparent'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_black3d'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_gold'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_Kabel'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_transparent_small_black'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_white3d'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_white70'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons)]]
+
+'''picons_X_LightTransparen'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
+
+'''picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/picons/alternate)]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Power-Off-Timer
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Power-Off-Timer	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Power-Off-Timer	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+
+>----
+>'''Ausschalt Timer''' [=#point3.8.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.8 Standby/Ausschalten (zurück)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Inhalt]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Power-Off-Timer.jpg)]][[br]]
+> 
+> Dient zum Einstellen eines Ausschaltzeitpunkts
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Ram
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Ram	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Ram	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6 Ram''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the memory information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Receiver-Unlock
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Receiver-Unlock	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Receiver-Unlock	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''Receiver Unlock''' [=#point3.5.10] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>Here you can unlock the special features of the decoder after purchase.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Record-Path
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Record-Path	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Record-Path	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.8 Record Path''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Record_Path.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can recording directorys.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Movie  Path''' ||This is the path to the Movie Directory.||
+ ||'''Timer Record Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the timer recordings are stored.||
+ ||'''Record Patht''' ||This is the path to the directory where the manual recordings are stored.||
+ ||'''Timeshift Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the Timeshift files are stored.||
+ ||'''Stream Path''' ||This is the path to the directory where temporary Streams are stored.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This button allows editing of the above paths it will bring up an onscreen keyboard to edit the string selected.||
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/de/Records
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Records	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Records	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.5 Timer Aufnahmen''' [=#point3.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Timer und EPG (zurück])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Records.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>hier werden Timer Aufnahmen bearbeitet und erstellt.
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+
+ '''Farb Tasten Funktionen'''
+
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Löschen)''' ||Löscht den aktuell gesetzten Timer oder Aufnahme||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Hinzufügen)''' ||erstellt eine neue Timeraufnahme||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (Start/Stopp)''' ||Startet oder stoppt den aktuell gesetzten Timer.||
+ ||'''blaue Taste: (Log)''' ||Zeigt den Log Eintrag der zuletzt ausgeführten Timeraufnahme.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Red-Button
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Red-Button	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Red-Button	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.4 Red Button''' [=#point3.6.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Red_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can configure what happens with the press of the red button
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Remote-Device-Control
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Remote-Device-Control	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Remote-Device-Control	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+----
+'''4 Fernbedienung / Gerät Bedienung''' [=#point4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+== Fernbedienung / Gerät Bedienung ==
+
+Dieser Abschnitt enthält Informationen über die Bedienung Ihres Receivers und die Funktionen der unterschiedlichen Fernbedienungen und Tasten direkt am Gerät
+
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.1 Fernbedienungen])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.2 Geräte Bedienung])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.3 Web Interface])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.4 Telnet Control])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.5 Rgui])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.6 Bootloader])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)])
+ * ([wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)])
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''4.1 Fernbedienungen''' [=#point4.1] ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+
+----
+
+ * ([#point104.10.1 RC Atevio700])
+ * ([#point104.10.2 RC Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600])
+ * ([#point104.10.3 RC Atemio500, Atemio510])
+ * ([#point104.10.4 RC Atemio520])
+ * ([#point104.10.5 RC Atemio520-V2])
+ * ([#point104.10.6 RC Atemio530])
+
+ * ([#point104.10.7 RC UFS910])
+ * ([#point104.10.8 RC UFS912])
+ * ([#point104.10.9 RC UFS922])
+
+[[BR]]
+[[BR]]
+[[BR]]
+
+
+
+
+'''4.1.1 Fernbedienung Atevio700''' [=#point4.1.1] ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio700.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atevio 700''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+'''4.1.2 Fernbedienung Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600''' [=#point4.1.2]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio7000.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ The section contains information on the functions and operation of your remote control unit.
+
+ '''Special Function Buttons operation during channel streaming'''
+
+ 
+ ||'''Resolution:''' ||This Key Switches the videomode.||
+ ||'''V.Format:''' ||This Key Switches the Video format.||
+ ||'''Recall:''' ||This key can bring up the recent channel history so you can jump easilly between programs.||
+ ||'''Info:''' ||This Button displays the infobar.||
+ ||'''fav:''' ||This button brings up the favourite and Boquet lists to easilly select programs.||
+ ||'''Menu:''' ||This key opens the menu.||
+ ||'''Sleep:''' ||This Key can setup the sleep timer.||
+ ||'''Help:''' ||This key can display detailed information and help text's.||
+ ||'''Exit:''' ||This key exits menus and popups .||
+ ||'''text:''' ||This key shows the teletext display.||
+ ||'''Ok:''' ||This button confirms menu items and popups.||
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Programming the universal remote to operate a supported TV'''
+
+This section explains how to automatically search and program your universal remote control to operate your tv
+
+NOTE: If no inputs for 10 seconds during Setting the TV RC code the setting mode is terminated.
+
+'''Automatic code search '''
+
+ * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
+
+   Enter the code 001. The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. 
+
+ * Press and hold the "ON / OFF" button until the TV turns off.
+   
+   Note: The LED flashes every 1.5 seconds and sends a new TV power rc code.
+
+ * Release the button immediately then press the "OK" button to store the TV code.
+
+  (This can take up to 15 minutes to cycle all the tv's pre programmed in to the remote from the factory) 
+
+   If you dont let go of the power key in time it will step to the next RC Power button code if this happens use the D-Pad down to rewind 5 codes to attempt to store the code again.
+
+ * To interrupt the search mode, Press the Exit button for 2 seconds and return to normal operation or wait for 10 seconds with no key presses. 
+
+ * The remote control blinks 5 times at the end of the list if the tv has not turned off by the time your tv is not a supported model. 
+
+'''Reset remote to factory programming'''
+
+This will reset the remote back to a factory non programmed state, this is nessesary if the remote  needs to be reprogrammed to operate a new TV and was previously programmed.
+
+ * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
+
+ * Enter the code 000. 
+ 
+ * The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. The remote control will now be reset (no code programmed)
+
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.3 Fernbedienung Atemio 500 / Atemio 510''' [=#point4.1.3]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio510.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 500/510''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.4 Fernbedienung Atemio 520''' [=#point4.1.4]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 520''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.5 Fernbedienung Atemio 520 V2''' [=#point4.1.5]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520-V2.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 520-V2''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.6 Fernbedienung Atemio 530''' [=#point4.1.6]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio530.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 530''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+'''4.1.7 Fernbedienung Kathrein UFS910''' [=#point4.1.7]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs910.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS 910''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+
+'''4.1.8 Fernbedienung Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point4.1.8]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs912.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS912''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+'''4.1.9 Fernbedienung Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point4.1.9]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs922.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS922''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''4.2 Gerät Bedienung''' [=#point4.2] ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the onboard buttons.
+Please note: the control is very limited from the on device controls but simple menu and tv control's can be made:
+
+'''Device Controll keys'''
+
+ 
+ ||'''Power''' ||This Key Switches to the power menu or shuts down depending on the "power action" see ([#point3.60.6 Adjust]) for more info. ||
+ ||'''Menu:''' ||This Key brongs up the on screen display/ menu. ||
+ ||'''Ok:''' ||This key accept on screen prompts. ||
+ ||'''D-pad:''' ||These buttons can control the volume and TV channel when on the TV display it can also be used to navigate the menu and on screen prompts. ||
+
+----
+'''4.3 Web Interface''' [=#point4.3] ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the web interface over LWAN, LAN or wifi.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+''' Channel list'''  
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''All''' ||Show All Channels from all Boquets .||
+ ||'''Sat''' ||Sort channels By Satellite.||
+ ||'''provider:''' ||Sort channels By provider.||
+ ||'''A-Z:''' ||Sort channels Alphabetically.||
+ ||'''Boquets:''' ||Sort channels By Boquet.||
+
+
+[[br]] 
+----
+'''Box Control''' 
+
+----
+
+[[br]]
+ 
+ ||'''Power Control:''' ||This brings up the links to control the power settings (shutdown, restart, etc....)||
+ ||'''Message:''' ||Send a message to the display of the tv.||
+ ||'''Remote:''' ||Bring up the remote on the web page for control of the decoder.||
+ ||'''Screenshot OSD:''' ||Take a screen shot of the OSD.||
+ ||'''Play Movie (URL:''' ||Play a movie from the selected url.||
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''Movies''' 
+
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+This will bring up a list of the movie directory on the reciever please see ([#point3.120.5 Web Controls]) for more information
+
+'''Timer'''  
+ 
+ ||'''Timer List:''' ||Show a list of the timer Recordings.||
+ ||'''Timer Archive:''' ||Show a list of all the completed timer recordings.||
+ ||'''Add Timer:''' ||Add a timer recording.||
+
+----
+'''Web Controls''' 
+
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+'''Filelist Display Web Buttons'''
+
+This section explains the functions and discriptions of the icons displayed on the web page along side the file list display.
+
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (web Stream) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (Stream) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button deletes the selected program ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button downloads the selected program ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button displays the (EPG) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio only (radio)||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio and video (TV)||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is not available ||
+ 
+
+'''Other Web Buttons'''
+
+This section explains the functions and discriptions icons displayed on the web page title area.
+
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button shows or hides the onscreen remote control ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button turns off the Reciever ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button restarts the Receiver ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button restarts the GUI ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button puts the receiver into standby ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button mute's the sound ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||These buttons select the volume 10 to 100% (left to right) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button starts a Recording ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the signal info's ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/tv.png)]] ||This box enables you to search the EPG type your test into the box and press enter. ||
+
+[[br]]
+----
+
+To open the web interface, use an Internet browser and enter the ip address of your decoder in the adress bar as follows: you may find your ip adress from the system information/network display.
+
+http:// IP.Adresse.des.Receivers    (zB. http://192.168.0.100)
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''4.4 Telnet Control''' [=#point4.4] ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Telnet_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the operation of your Receiver over a telnet session.
+
+'''Telnet Setup''' 
+
+ * Eithernet Interface Telnet Setup
+
+  1 A Network connection must be active
+
+  2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]).
+
+  3 Find the IP address from the system info ([wiki:Network-en#point3.7.8.5 Network]) section
+
+  4 Insert the IP address info into the telnet client
+
+  5 Click connect.
+
+[[br]]
+  
+ * Serial Interface Telnet Setup
+
+  1 Connect a null modem cable between the Reciever and PC
+
+  2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty])
+
+  3 Set up the serial port connection parameters
+
+  4 Click connect.
+
+After the above steps are completed you will now be presented with a console where you can login to your Receiver with a username and password.
+
+----
+'''4.5 Rgui'''  [=#point4.5]  ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+Rgui ist ein TitanNit Plugin mit dem man von einer Box aus andere Boxen bedienen kann. [[br]]
+Dabei wird die Gui komplett übertragen, ohne das TV-Bild des entfernten Receivers wiederzugeben.[[br]]
+Damit kann man also nur die anderen Receiver von aussen bedienen, aber nicht das Tv Signal weiter streamen.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+  
+
+----
+'''4.6 Bootloader''' [=#point4.6] ([#point4 Seitenanfang])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+
+== Aufgaben des Boot Loaders: == 
+
+* Erkennung der Hardware
+* Starten des Image
+
+==  iboot ist ein Boot Loader ==
+geschrieben von Solala.
+
+== I-boot ab 1.32 ==
+
+
+'''I-boot starten'''
+
+Receiver stromlos machen beim Einschalten auf der Fernbedienung "Menu" drücken. 
+I-boot startet bis Menu-Flash
+
+
+
+'''Experten Modus einschalten'''
+
+Receiver stromlos machen beim Einschalten auf der Fernbedienung "Menu" drücken. 
+I-boot startet bis Menu-Flash
+
+nun mit Steuerkreuz links/rechts auf '''"SETTINGS"''' gehen und mit rauf/runter auf '''"set OSD color"''' dann auf '''OK'''
+mit links/rechts wechselt man durch die Farben
+mit rauf/runter stellt man die einzeln Farben um
+
+bei der '''AM 510/AM520''' ist der Code
+
+Red = 11
+
+Green = 47
+
+Blue =11
+
+bei der '''AM 7500/7600''' ist der Code
+
+Red = 7
+
+Green = 10
+
+Blue =5
+
+
+dann mit 2x '''"Exit"''' raus gehen, bis I-boot '''"Flash"''' anzeigt und sofort wieder '''"Menu"''' drücken.
+auf dem Tv-Bildschirm sollte nun stehen:
+
+''' !!! YOU ACTIVATED EXPERTENMODE !!! ''' - du hast den Experten Modus aktiviert
+
+''' !!!NO WARRANTY ----- USE AT YOUR OWN RISC !!! ''' Keine Garantie - benutzen auf eigene Gefahr
+
+if you dont agree : execute '''"clean environment sector"''' in MENU-FLASH
+wenn Sie die Garantie nicht verlieren willst, mußt du '''"clean environment sector"''' in MENU-FLASH ausführen
+
+
+==4.6.1 Hauptkategorien == [=#point4.6.1]
+
+[#point4.6.2 ''MENU-FLASH'']
+
+[#point4.6.3 ''SETTINGS'']
+
+[#point4.6.4 ''MENU_MISC'']
+
+[#point4.6.5 ''MENU-NET'']
+
+
+== Unterkategorien ==
+
+
+'''4.6.2 MENU-FLASH''' [=#point4.6.2]  ([#point4.6 zurück])
+
+* ''' 1.USB IRDupdt Image ''' flash per Usb-Stick oder Usb-HDD von sda1 (standard) (abhängig von SETTINGS>Select USB/SATA dev 1-4)
+
+* '''2.list USBirds''' wenn mehrere ird Image's auf dem Usb-Stick liegen, kann man sich diese anzeigen lassen und dann das Richtige flashen
+
+* '''3.clean environment sector''' setzt die Bootargs zurück und bringt I-boot in den Standard Modus, wenn man keinen Experten Modus nutzen will wegen der Garantie
+
+* '''4. clean Flash ! Include swap''' löscht das komplette Image, inklusive den Swap-Bereich, also alle Einstellungen, Plugins, Backups und so weiter.
+
+* '''5. SATA IRDupdt''' hiermit kann man ein ird Image von einer internen Platte oder einer extern SATA/e-SATA Platte flashen
+
+* '''6. list SATAirds''' wenn mehre ird Image's auf dem SATA/e-SATA liegen, kann man sich diese anzeigen lassen und dann das Richtige flashen
+
+* '''7. allow I-boot update''' Entwickler Option damit man auch nur das image flashen kann und der auf der Box befindliche Bootloader nicht überschrieben wird
+     ''Einstellungsoptionen:''
+       ''0'' - i-boot darf nicht überschrieben werden
+
+       ''1'' - i-boot darf überschrieben werden (Standardeinstellung)
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.6.3 Menu Settings ''' [=#point4.6.3] ([#point4.6 zurück])
+
+
+ ||'''Turbosw'''||Select overclocking speeds available settings are (0)265, (1)265, (2)297, (3)297, (4)333, (5)333, (6)364, (7)364. ||
+ ||'''Timeout'''||Delay befor selecting the default boot option. ||
+ ||'''USB Sleep'''||???. ||
+ ||'''Scroll Speed'''||How fast the VFDisplay module moves. ||
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.6.4 Menu Misc''' [=#point4.6.4]  ([#point4.6 zurück])
+
+
+ ||'''Disclaimer''' ||Shows the info on the bootloader. ||
+ ||'''Serial Console''' ||Enables Bootloader serial debugging. ||
+ ||'''Reset Board'''||Resets the Receiver and restarts boot process. ||
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.6.5 Menu Net ''' [=#point4.6.5]  ([#point4.6 zurück])
+(not present in av700/7000)
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+----
+'''4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)''' [=#point4.7] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the operation and control of your decoder from the Htmlapi.
+
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit provides its own Htmlapi that is freely distributed so that other developers may interface with a reciever running titan.
+
+
+The Htmlapi is very simple to implement an example message structure is as follows:
+
+ * query?param&param&... for html output
+
+ * queryraw?param&param&... for raw-struct output
+
+
+For example if you would wish to send a RC remote keypress of the "Mute" key the message format would be as follows:
+
+ * __query?sendrc&rcmute__
+
+
+if you would like to retrieve a list of all the current satelites the format would be as follows:
+
+ * __queryraw?getsat__
+
+
+the output message back from the Reciever would be as follows:
+
+ * __satname#orbitalpos__ 
+and an example raw output would be:
+
+> {{{Optus_d2#160}}}[[br]]
+> {{{Optus_d1#166}}}[[br]]
+> {{{Intelsat_IS19#156}}}[[br]]
+
+''more information on the protocol and the query strings can be found here [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/browser/titan/doc/htmlapi.txt htmlapi.txt]''
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)''' [=#point4.8] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on how to setup a FTP connection to your TitanNit Receiver.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Titan Has an inbuilt FTP Server that is able to be used to transfer files to and from your Receiver.
+
+To connect to your Receiver you can connect via your browser in windows or use a dedicated FTP program as with many linux programs the default password and user name is "root" and port 21 is the default FTP interface port.
+
+You connect to your Receiver via internet explorer on your pc you need to find the IP address for the Receiver from the system information menu [wiki:System-info-Network-en#point103.70.8.4 Network Information] of your Receiver and type it into the address bas as follows:
+
+{{{ftp://Username:Password@Ip_Address:Port_Number}}}
+
+{{{ftp://root:root@192.168.0.1:21}}}
+
+if you Wish to use a dedicated FTP program please read the documentation supplied with your program for information on setup of the FTP connection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Restore-Default-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Restore-Default-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Restore-Default-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.13 Restore Default Settings''' [=#point3.6.13] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Restore_Default_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can return your device to the default settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Restore Default Settings:''' ||This will restore the settings to the factory default condition.||
+ ||'''Format MNT With Backup / Restore:''' ||This will format the Mount partition after preforming a backup thern it will restore the restore the backup retaining your settings.||
+ ||'''Format MNT (all):''' ||This will format the Mount partition deleting all settings to default condition.||
+ 
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/de/Rotor-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Rotor-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Rotor-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.4 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.4] ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can adjust your rotor settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Move''' || Select move mode.||
+ ||'''Fine Move:''' || Select fine move.||
+ ||'''Limit:''' || Select satellite motor limits.||
+ ||'''Go to start pos:''' || Goto the satellite starting position.||
+ ||'''storage position:''' || Select storage position.||
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in rotor settings.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons these functions depend on the selected menu item as follows:.
+
+'''During Move'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Move West)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Search west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow button: (search east)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+ ||'''Blue button: (move east)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+
+'''During Fine Move'''
+
+ ||'''Green Button: (Step west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Step East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+
+'''During Limit'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (limit Off)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (limit West)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow button: (limit East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+ ||'''Blue button: (limit On)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 
+ 
+
+'''During goto start position'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start Position)''' ||go to the selected start position.||
+
+
+'''During Storage Position'''
+ 
+ ||'''Green Button: (Storage Position)''' ||store selected storage position.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Goto Position)''' ||move dish to the stored position||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Sat-Finder
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Sat-Finder	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Sat-Finder	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.5 Sat Finder''' [=#point3.5.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5.1 Channel Service (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check your signal info for the current selected channel.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Screensaver-Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Screensaver-Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Screensaver-Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.8 Screensaver Adjust''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings(Back])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Screensaver_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can setup your screen saver
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Screensaver''' ||enable or disable the screensaver display||
+ ||'''Screensaver Delay:''' ||Set the delat time before the screen saver is displayed.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Interval:''' ||Set the display time of the Screensaver in multi Pic Mode.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Type:''' ||Select the type of Screensaver to display on the screen.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Background:''' ||Select the background during display of the Screensaver.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Pic:''' ||IN Image mode select the picture to Display as the Screensaver.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/de/Service
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Service	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Service	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.1 Service''' [=#point3.7.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you view information on the currently selected service.
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Service)''' ||This will display the current service info on the display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (PIDs)''' ||This will display the PID info on the display.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Tuner)''' ||This will display the current Tuner Configuration info on the display.||
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Settings-Backup-Restore
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Settings-Backup-Restore	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Settings-Backup-Restore	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can backup and restore your settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore.
+
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your preciously saved settings.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to preform a restor from your preciously saved settings.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this Button to see the backup restore log.||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Single-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Single-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Single-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 Timer und EPG (zurück])   
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+Vollständige EPG Übersicht aller verfügbaren Nachfolgesendungen auf dem aktuellen Sender. 
+
+Mit der '''roten Taste''' können für die aktuell markierte Sendung eine Aufnahme programmiert werden.
+
+Mit der Taste '''0 (EPG Suche)''' kann nach spezifischen Stichwörtern im EPG gesucht werden.
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine Aufnahme programmieren drücken Sie ([wiki:Records-ge#point3.10.5  Aufnahmen]) 
+
+Für Informationen wie Sie eine EPG Suche mit der Taste '''0''' machen drücken Sie ([wiki:EPG-Search-ge#point3.10.4 EPG Suche])
Index: wiki/pages/de/Skin
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Skin	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Skin	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can select your skin
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Skin-Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Skin-Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Skin-Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can edit your skin display settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.||
+ ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.||
+ ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.||
+ ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.||
+ ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. ||
+ ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. ||
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/de/Smart-Card-Reader
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Smart-Card-Reader	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Smart-Card-Reader	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+here you can setup your smart card.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.||
Index: wiki/pages/de/Streaming
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Streaming	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Streaming	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Supported-Recievers
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Supported-Recievers	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Supported-Recievers	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+----
+'''7 Unterstützte Receiver''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+[[br]]
+Derzeit werden die folgenden Receiver unterstützt:
+
+  * Atemio 510/520/530
+  * Atemio 7600
+  * Atevio 700/7000
+  * Kathrein UFS 910
+  * Kathrein UFS 912/922 (mit Lizenzkosten)
+
+Seit einiger Zeit wurde TitanNit auch für einige "nicht Atemio" Receiver freigegeben. Baugleiche SH4 Fortis Empfänger können mit der TitanNit Firmware betrieben werden. 
+
+Diese Liste ist nicht bestätigt, und einige dieser Modelle könnten nicht kompatibel mit Titan sein .
+
+Wenn Sie auf Ihrem Receiver TitanNit installiert haben informieren Sie bitte ein Admin- Mitglied , diese Liste zu aktualisieren.
+
+Bitte beachten Sie:
+  * Es gibt oft Unterschiede zwischen der Programmierung der Front Display Module und der Tastenbelegung der mitgelieferten Fernbedienungen. Eine Bearbeitung der Tastaturbelegung kann für die korrekte Funktion der Fernbedienung notwendig sein.
+
+  * Vor-Serien Versionen mit Lader Version 1.19 hatten bei der Installation der Versionen 1.21 und 1.54 Probleme und erfordern einen Ersatz des VFD- Display-Moduls damit die Receiver booten. (im Modul eingebaute Sicherheits Features)
+    Es ist unbekannt ob iboot auf diesen Modellen funktioniert.
+
+
+Atevio AV 500 HD Deutschland 20090000-Reseller und eventuell baugleiche Boxen:
+ 
+Modellreihe HS-9510HD PVR und eventuell baugleiche Boxen
+  * Fortis HS-9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
+  * Rebox RE-4000HD PVR 20010300 Niederland.
+  * Octagon SF-1008 20020300 Deutschland. 
+  * Octagon SF-1008 SE 20020303 Deutschland.
+  * HD Box FS-9100HD 20030300 Tschechien.
+  * UltraPlus 980 HD 20050300 Neuseeland.
+  * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
+  * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 USA Schweiz.
+  * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 und 20110303 Deutschland.
+  * Dreamsky DSR-9600HD PVR 20120302 Weißrussland.
+  * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russland.
+  * I.Com HD-9000 DIVX 20140300 Syrien.
+  * I.Com HD-9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syrien.
+  * I.Com HD-9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syrien.
+  * Xspeed HD-9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syrien.
+  * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Ungarn.
+  * XCruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
+  * VisionNet FS-9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
+  * Goldmaster HD-1060 PVR HD-1070 PVR HD-1080 PVR 20180302 Türkei 
+  * Powersat PO-1000HD 20190301 PVR
+  * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
+  * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai 
+  * Forever HS-9510HD PVR 20220302 Algerien
+  * Dynavision DV-9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai 
+  * Dynavision DV-9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai 
+  * GI S-8290 HD PVR 20240602 Rumänien 
+  * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Schweden
+  * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Schweden
+  * Mediastar(Powers)HD 1200s 20270600 Australien
+  * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syrien
+  * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldawien
+  * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran 
+
+Atevio AV 7000 HD Deutschland 20090000-Reseller und eventuell baugleiche Boxen:
+ 
+Die Modellreihen FS-9000 und FS-9200 unterscheiden
+sich im wesentlichen nur durch die Einbaumöglichkeit einer Festplatte.
+
+Modellreihe FS-9000 HD PVR und eventuell baugleiche Boxen
+  * Fortis FS-9000HD 20000000 Korea 
+  * Rebox RE-9000HD 20010000 Niederland 
+  * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Deutschland 
+  * HD Box FS-9300 HD 20030000 Tschechien
+  * UltraPlus F-9000HD 20050000 Neuseeland ''' ' Bestätigt ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
+  * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
+  * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Schweiz
+  * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England 
+  * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russland
+  * Dynavision DV-9000 HDPVR 20230000 Dubai
+ 
+Modellreihe FS-9200 HD PVR und eventuell baugleiche Boxen
+  * Fortis FS-9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
+  * Rebox RE-8000HD 20010100 Niederland 
+  * HD Box FS-9200HD 20030100 Tschechien
+  * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Deutschland 
+  * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
+  * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Schweiz 
+  * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Deutschland 
+  * Dreamsky DSR-9700HD PVR 20120100 Weißrussland 
+  * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russland 
+  * I.Com Twin HD-9200 DIVX 20140100 Syrien 
+  * I.Com Twin HD-9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syrien 
+  * Goldmaster HD 1090 PVR 20180100 Türkei 
+  * Dynavision DV-9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
+ 
+Atevio/Atemio AV 7500/7600 HD PVR 230300X0 Deutschland 
+
+Modellreihe HX-8200 HD PVR und eventuell baugleiche Boxen
+  * Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
+  * Rebox RE-8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Niederlande 
+  * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Deutschland 
+  * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russland 
+  * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine 
+  * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 Großbritannien
+  * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Schweden 
+  * XCruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
+  * UltraPlus X-9200HD PVR 231200X0 Neuseeland 
+  * SkyS@t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgarien 
+  * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldawien
+  * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Ungarn
+  * Forever HD 8200 PVR 231900X0 Algerien
+  * Mediastar (Powers) HD 8200s 232700X0 Australien
+
+
+Atemio AM 500/510 HD 252902X0 Deutschland
+ 
+Modellreihe HS-7110 HD PVR und eventuell baugleiche Boxen
+  * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Ungarn 
+  * Octagon SF 918 SE+ 250202X0 Deutschland
+  * Rebox RE-2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Niederlande 
+  * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russland & Weißrussland 
+  * HD Box FS-7110HD 250602X0 Tschechien 
+  * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine 
+  * Icom HD-1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syrien 
+  * Goldmaster HD-1040 PVR HD-1045 PVR 251102X0 Türkei
+  * Dynavision DV-5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai 
+  * GI S8580 251302X0 Rumänien
+  * XCruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai 
+  * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Weißrussland
+  * ??? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ???
+  * SkyS@t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgarien
+  * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 Großbritannien
+  * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Schweden 
+  * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Marokko 
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Swap
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Swap	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Swap	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the swap.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/System-Info
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/System-Info	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/System-Info	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view system wide information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:System-Status-ge#point3.7.8.1 System Status])
+ * ([wiki:Free-Space-ge#point3.7.8.2 Free Space])
+ * ([wiki:Kernel-ge#point3.7.8.3 Kernel])
+ * ([wiki:Mounts-ge#point3.7.8.4 Mounts])
+ * ([wiki:System-info-Network-ge#point3.7.8.5 Network])
+ * ([wiki:Ram-ge#point3.7.8.5 Ram])
+ * ([wiki:System-Infos-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/System-Infos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/System-Infos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/System-Infos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:Information-ge#point3.7.8.6 information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view system wide information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:CPU-ge#point3.7.8.6.1 Cpu])
+ * ([wiki:Memory-ge#point3.7.8.6.2 Memory])
+ * ([wiki:MTD-ge#point3.7.8.6.3 MTD])
+ * ([wiki:Module-ge#point3.7.8.6.4 Module])
+ * ([wiki:Devices-ge#point3.7.8.6.5 Devices])
+ * ([wiki:Swap-ge#point3.7.8.6.6 Swap])
+ * ([wiki:Top-ge#point3.7.8.6.7 Top])
+ * ([wiki:prozesslist-ge#point3.7.8.6.8 prozesslist])
+ * ([wiki:USB-ge#point3.7.8.6.9 USB])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/System-Status
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/System-Status	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/System-Status	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the system status of the receiver.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/System-Update
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/System-Update	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/System-Update	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can proform a system update
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.||
+ ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.||
+ ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/System-info-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/System-info-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/System-info-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.4 Network''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view info on you network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/TPK-Install
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/TPK-Install	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/TPK-Install	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>here you can install plugins from from the online repo
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/TPK-Media
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/TPK-Media	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/TPK-Media	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions(Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/TPK-Remove
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/TPK-Remove	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/TPK-Remove	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can remove your tpk plugins
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/TPK-Tmp
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/TPK-Tmp	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/TPK-Tmp	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory.
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/TPK-Upgrade
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/TPK-Upgrade	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/TPK-Upgrade	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Time-to-sleep
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Time-to-sleep	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Time-to-sleep	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep[=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk-ge#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings.
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Timeshift-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Timeshift-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Timeshift-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+Here you can edit your timeshift settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.||
+ ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.||
+ ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.||
+ ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/de/Timezone
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Timezone	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Timezone	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.3 Timezone''' [=#point3.6.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Timezone.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can change your timezone.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Titan-Changelog
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Titan-Changelog	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Titan-Changelog	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 Information (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view the git changlog.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Top
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Top	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Top	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Process info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Troubleshooting
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Troubleshooting	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Troubleshooting	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+----
+'''12 Fehlerbehebung''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+* Nur __registrierte User__ können __Tickets erstellen.__ Wer noch nicht registriert ist kann dies unter dem Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Registrieren]__ tun
+* Der __User__ muss immer __angemeldet__ sein, dies kann man unter dem Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Anmelden]__ tun
+* Um eine schnellere und einfachere __Fehlerbehebung__ realisieren zu können, bieten wir nun dieses __Ticketsytem__ an. Hier kann man direkt die jeweiligen __Fehler__ dem zuständigen __Developer__ zuweisen. In den nächsten Schritten wird der Umgang mit dem neuen __Ticketsystem__ erklärt.[[br]]
+* Als Erstes schaut man sich die __vorhandenen Tickets__ an, ob __dieser Fehler__ schon gemeldet wurde. Das macht man folgendermaßen.[[br]]
+  * Den Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Tickets anzeigen]__ oder direkt __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ anklicken[[br]]
+  * Den Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Suche]__ anklicken und den Haken bei __Tickets__ auswählen und die Suche starten
+  * Hier sieht man die aktuellen __activen Tickets__, ist der Fehler gelistet kann man seine Fehlermeldung an dieses __Ticket__ anhängen.[[br]]
+
+----
+'''12.1 Neuen Fehler melden''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+
+* Man hat kein vorhandes Ticket gefunden und will den Fehler melden, dann geht man folgendermaßen vor[[br]]
+* Den Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket Neues Ticket]__ anklicken [[br]]
+  * Folgende Felder __müssen__ ausfüllt werden.[[br]]
+    * __Zusammenfassung:__
+      - das ist der __angezeigte Name__ des gemeldeten Fehlers[[br]]
+    * __Beschreibung:__
+      - hier kommt in die erste Zeile der Link zum __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF-Board (Community)]__ rein, falls da ein Posting gemacht wurde.                                        
+      - Falls kein Posting in der __Community__ vorhanden ist kann man hier direkt die Fehlerbeschreibung eingeben[[br]]
+    * __Komponente:__
+      - den jeweiligen Bereich einstellen, dadurch erhält der Verantwortliche __Developer__ das Ticket[[br]]
+    * __Verantwortlicher:__
+      - hier kann nochmal explizit einem __Developer__ das Ticket zugewiesen werden.
+  * Folgende Felder __können__ ausfüllen werden.[[br]]
+    * __Priorität:__
+      - blocker - __sehr dringend__ der Projektplan __hängt__ davon ab
+      - critical - __dringend__ andere Tickets oder Abläufe __hängen__ davon ab
+      - major - __standard__ Dringligkeit (__voreingestellt__)
+      - minor - __unbedeutend__ hat viel Zeit und ist __nicht__ wichtig
+      - trivial - __unwichtig__ hat noch mehr Zeit und ist __überhaupt nicht__ wichtig
+    * __Meilenstein:__
+      - standard ist __Allgemein__ falls ein treffender Meilenstein vorhanden ist kann dieser benutzt werden.
+    * __Stichworte:__
+      - Diese Angaben werden von der __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Suche]__ benutzt - wird in der Regel nicht angeben/benötigt.
+    * __Version:__
+      - wird erst benutzt wenn wir einen Versionssprung auf __2.0__ machen
+    * __Beobachter:__
+      - dieses Feld brauchen nur die __Developer__ auszufüllen, falls er einem __User__ dieses Ticket zuweisen will, der User sieht es dann unter __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets ]__
+
+  * Um das Ticket abzuschließen klickt man auf das Feld __Ticket erstellen__ 
+[[br]]
+----
+'''12.2 Vorhanden Fehler aktualisieren''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+* Den Button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Tickets anzeigen]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ oder __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Suche]__ anklicken und das vorhandene __Ticket öffnen__[[br]]
+  * Folgende Felder __muss__ man ausfüllen.[[br]]
+    * __Kommentar hinzufügen:__
+      - hier kann man Ergänzungen der Fehlerbeschreibung angeben[[br]]
+  * Um das Ticket abzuschließen klickt man auf das Feld __Änderung absenden__ 
+[[br]]
+----
+'''12.3 Fehler als erledigt melden''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+* unter __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Tickets anzeigen]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ das jeweilige Ticket öffnen[[br]]
+  * das Feld __resolve als__ auf __fixed__ stellen
+  * das Feld __Änderung übernehmen__ klicken
+[[br]]
+----
+'''12.4 Debuglevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+* unter der Configurations Datei /mnt/config/titan.cfg kann man folgende Debuglevel einstellen
+  * Minimal: 10
+  * TopfieldVFD: 40
+  * MediaCenter: 50
+  * Menulist: 60
+  * Netzwerkbrowser: 70
+  * Harddisk: 80
+  * screensaver: 90
+  * tithek: 99
+  * Global: 100
+  * ipkg: 130
+  * imdb/imdbapi/tmdb: 133
+  * eplayer: 150
+  * Tuning: 200
+  * Stream/Record/EMU: 250
+  * radiotext: 270
+  * Subtitle: 300
+  * EPG: 400
+  * mediadb: 777
+  * Mutexe: 900
+  * Funktion (in/out): 1000
+
+* standard ist debuglevel=10
+[[br]]
+----
+'''12.5 Loggen''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+----
+* man hat mehrere Möglichkeiten um zu loggen
+ * per Telnet:
+  * Netzwerk Verbindung muss bestehen
+  * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) am Pc für Telnet konfigurieren
+  * Telnet Session zur Box öffnen
+  * killall -9 rcS titan
+  * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.4 Debuglevel einstellen]
+  * titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2>&1
+  * um das Loggen zu beenden drückt man (strg+z)
+  * die Logdatei (/tmp/titan.error.log) dann per ftp auf den Pc laden und dem jeweiligen Developer per Ticket zusenden
+ * per serial
+  * Serielle Verbindung muss bestehen
+  * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) am Pc für Serial konfigurieren
+  * Serielle Session zur Box öffnen
+  * die Logdatei dann dem jeweiligen Developer per Ticket zusenden
+
+* bei Debug Images kann man zusätzlich auch über die Telnet Session die Kernel Meldungen abfragen
+  * Netzwerk Verbindung muss bestehen
+  * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) am Pc für Telnet konfigurieren
+  * Telnet Session zur Box öffnen
+  * cat /proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1
+  * um das Loggen zu beenden drückt man (strg+z)
+  * die Logdatei (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) dann per ftp auf den Pc laden und dem jeweiligen Developer per Ticket zusenden
Index: wiki/pages/de/Tuner-Configuration
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Tuner-Configuration	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Tuner-Configuration	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service-ge#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+work in progress temp data:
+
+ ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.||
+ ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.||
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point3.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.||
+
+
+>'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point3.50.1.2]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.||
+ ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.||
+ ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.||
+ ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point3.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.|| 
+
+>'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point3.50.1.3]
+
+''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings''
+
+ ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.||
+ ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.||
+ ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.||
+
+
+ '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer
+
+
+   
+
+
+  
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/USB
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/USB	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/USB	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the usb hosts and devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/USB-Device
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/USB-Device	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/USB-Device	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-ge#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust autostart settings for usb devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.||
+ ||'''FSCK Record:''' ||allow recording to usb device on startup.||
+ ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.||
+ ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.||
+ ||'''FSCK Swap:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Record Max Sectors:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Swap Max Sectors:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/de/VFDisplay
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/VFDisplay	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/VFDisplay	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 System(Back])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
+ ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
+ ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.||
+ ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.||
+ ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.||
+ ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.||
+ ||'''LED Brightness Running'''  || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Versions
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Versions	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Versions	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+----
+'''6 Versionen''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki-ge#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
+
+----
+
+For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board]
+
+'''USB Release History'''
+
+ * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB
+
+ * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB
+
+'''Flash Release History'''
+
+ * tiTan pre Alpha
+
+ * tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a
+
+ * Titan version 1.23
+
+ * Titan Version 1.24
+
+ * Titan Version 1.25
+
+ * Titan Version 1.30
+
+ * Titan Version v1.32
+
+
+
+
+
+'''v1.34 / ATEMIO M24403'''
+
+ * Optimierung des Sendersuchlaufes
+ * Neues PlugIn (TPK-Paket) e2webserv
+ * Problem mit Untertiteln behoben
+ * add 2x rcyellow to player for subtitle
+ * Unterstützung von 4TB Festplatten
+ * Update Videoplayer
+ * Problem Sortierung der Provider behoben
+ * EPG Suche verbessert
+ * Problem mit dlna behoben
+ * Problem mit nsfb and Callmonitor behoben
+ * Untertitel und EPG PID werden in der Aufnahme gespeichert
+ * ARD Mediathek hinzugefügt
+ * Update imdbfolder
+ * Update Dänmark YouSee cable transponder
+ * Update der verschiedenen Menüsprachen
+ * Dateibrowser verbessert
+ * Swap-Mount-Problem behoben
+ * Speicherprüfung vor PlugIn Installation hinzugefügt
+ * Installation von TPK Paketen verbessert.
+ * FLASH Installation (FLASH): Installation im Flash, wird nach einem Firmwareupdate gelöscht.
+ * MNT Installation (FLASH): Installation im Flash, nach Firmwareupdate noch vorhanden.
+ * SWAP Installation (USB oder HDD): Installation auf USB/HDD, nach Imageupdate noch vorhanden.
+ * Probleme mit PlugIn titan-plugin-keymaps-neutrino behoben
+ * Update aller Skins
+ * Mediaplayer verbessert
+ * CI Modul Unterstützung verbessert
+ * Update Webinterface
+ * Webtimer EPG hinzugefügt
+ * Screenshot Autorefresh
+ * Problem mit Aufnahmebutton behoben
+ * Update der Senderlisten
+ * Unicable-Funktion (Einkabelsysteme) verbessert
+ * Probleme mit Unicable-Empfang behoben
+ * Permanent-Time-Shift-Funktion verbessert. Mit der Play-Taste kann jetzt wieder der Aufnahmeordner aufgerufen werden.
+ * WLAN Funktion verbessert
+ * Netzwerkgeschwindigkeit verbessert
+ * Funktion Einstellungen sichern/wiederherstellen hinzugefügt
+ * PlugIns (TPK-Pakete)
+
+ * Auto-Timer PlugIn verbessert
+ * Kanallisten überarbeitet
+ * Neues PlugIn Enigma2 WebIf API (Netzwerk) verfügbar.
+  * Erlaubt den Zugriff auf TitanNit mittels eines E2 Clients (z.B. dreaMote-App auf Iphone). Nach der Installation des Programms auf einem Atemio-Receiver mit TitanNit ist es mittels eines E2-Clients möglich, den Receiver zu steuern, Sender und Aufnahmen zu streamen sowie Timers zu verwalten. Dies funktioniert sowohl mit einer entsprechenden App unter iOS oder auf einem PC (bzw. Raspberry Pi) mit der XBMC Software (mit VU+).
+  * Getestet wurde dreaMote Lite, dreaMote, e2RemoteHD und Dreambox Live unter iOS sowie mit XBMC unter Windows7 und auf Raspberry Pi.
+Zapback Werbezapper PlugIn
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/Video-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Video-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Video-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.2 Filme Abspielen''' [=#point3.2.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.2 Media Center (zurück])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+Unter diesem Menüpunkt können Sie Video- / Filmdateien abspielen. [[BR]]
+[[BR]]
+Wenn Sie die '''OK-Taste''' drücken gelangen Sie in die Filestruktur. [[BR]]
+Mit den '''Pfeiltasten''' können Sie zu den jewiligen Ordner navigieren, wo sich die Dateien befinden und festlegen auf welchen Ordner der Video Player zukünftig zugreifen soll[[BR]]
+Hier können Sie festlegen auf welchen Ordner der VideoPlayer zugreifen soll. [[BR]]
+ Bsp:[[BR]]
+  Video-Dateien von der interen Festplatte abspielen: /media/hdd/[[BR]]
+  Video-Dateien von einem externen Sepeichermedium abspielen: /media/usb[[BR]]
+  Internet-TV abspielen: /media/internet/tv[[BR]]
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+ '''Farbtasten Funktionen'''
+
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Sortiere)''' ||bestimmt die Sortiermethode im Dateimanager||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Dateilisten Modus)''' ||Schaltet zwischen Dateilisten Modus und Playlisten Modus.||
+ ||'''gelbe Taste: (Zufällig)''' ||aktiviert den Zufalls Abspielmodus||
+ ||'''blaue Taste: (Wiederholen)''' ||aktiviert den Wiederholungs Abspielmodus||
+ ||'''Menü Taste: (Menü)''' ||Zeigt ein Zusatzmenü des Audio Players. siehe unten.||
+ ||'''STOP Taste: ''' ||  ???  ||
+ ||'''INFO Taste: ''' ||  ???  ||
+----
+
+ '''Film Abspielen Untermenü'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||bestimmt die Sortiermethode im Dateimanager.||
+ ||'''Anzeige:''' ||Schaltet zwischen Dateilisten Modus und Playlisten Modus.||
+ ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb im Hintergrund.||
+ ||'''Standard Verzeichnis:''' ||bestimmt das Verzeichnis das beim Audio Player Start gezeigt wird.||
+ ||'''benutze letztes Verzeichnis:''' ||zeigt das zuletzt besuchte Verzeichnis beim Audio Player Start.||
+ ||'''Hintergrund Bilderwechsel Interval''' ||bestimmt den Abstand zwischen den wechselnden Hintergründen||
+ 
+
+ '''Farbtasten Funktionen'''
+
+ ||'''rote Taste: (Netzwerk)''' ||öffnet das Netzwerk Menü.||
+ ||'''grüne Taste: (Bearbeiten)''' ||Bearbeitungs Modus.||
+
+----
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Video-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Video-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Video-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.||
+ ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.||
+ ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.||
Index: wiki/pages/de/WLAN-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/WLAN-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/WLAN-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.2 Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network-ge#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.||
+ ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
+ ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.||
+ ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
+ ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
+ ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Weather
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Weather	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Weather	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.7 Wetter''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.2 Media Center (zurück)])
+> [[br]] [[br]]
+>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather.jpg)]][[br]]
+> mit der Wetter Erweiterung kann durch Eingabe des eigenen Standortes eine Wettervorhersage angezeigt werden. [[br]]
+> Zusätzlich zu den angezeigten Orten können durch drücken der '''roten Taste (Hinzufügen)''' weitere Orte eingefügt werden. [[br]]
+>
+>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather_red.jpg)]]
+> mit der '''TEXT''' Taste gelangt man dann in das Eingabe Fenster. Mit den '''Pfeiltaten''' und den '''Farbtasten''' können dann die einzelnen Buchstaben eingegeben werden. [[br]]
+> mit der '''grünen Taste''' wird die Eingabe abschließend bestätigt.
+>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]]
+> mit den '''Pfeiltasten''' kann jetzt der neu eingegebene Ort ausgewählt werden. Mit '''OK''' wird der ausgewählte Ort dann gespeichert und das Plugin geschlossen.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/de/Wiki
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/Wiki	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/Wiki	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[=#point0]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=6 align=justify  
+>[[br]]
+>= Willkommen im TitanNit Wiki =
+>[[br]]
+>* [WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl]
+>
+>     '''Inhaltsverzeichnis'''
+>
+>* [wiki:History-ge#point1 1 Geschichte]
+>* [wiki:Functions-ge#point2 2 Funktionsumfang]
+>* [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3 3 Oberfläche und Bedienung]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.1 3.1 Timer und EPG]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.2 3.2 Media center]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.3 3.3 Media Apspielen]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.4 3.4 Erweiterungen]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.5 3.5 System]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.6 3.6 Einstellungen]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.7 3.7 Information]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-ge#point3.8 3.8 Standby/ Ausschalten]
+>* [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4 4 Fernbedienungs und Geräte Funktionen]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.1 4.1 Fernbedienung]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.2 4.2 Geräte Bedienung]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.3 4.3 Web Bedienung]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Bedienung]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit WebIF (Htmlapi)]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-ge#point4.8 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]
+>* [wiki:Architecture-Programming-ge#point5 5 Architektur - Programmierung]
+>* [wiki:Versions-ge#point6 6 Versionen]
+>* [wiki:Supported-Recievers-ge#point7 7 Unterstützte Receiver]
+>* [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8 8 Installation / Recovery]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.1 8.1 Atemio510 und kompatible Modelle]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.2 8.2 Atemio520 und kompatible Modelle]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.3 8.3 Atemio530 und kompatible Modelle]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.4 8.4 Atemio7600 und kompatible Modelle]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.5 8.5 Atevio700 und kompatible Modelle ]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.6 8.6 Atevio7000 und kompatible Modelle]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.7 8.7 Ufs910]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.8 8.8 Ufs912]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.9 8.9 Ufs922]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.10 8.10 Installation auf anderen Fortis Modellen]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-ge#point8.11 8.11 Deinstallation auf anderen Fortis Modellen]
+>* [wiki:External-Software-ge#point9 9 Externe Software]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TiMote-ge#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TiView-ge#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor-ge#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI-ge#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor-ge#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]
+>* [wiki:Plugins-Contents-ge#point10 10 Plugins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Screensavers-ge#point10.1 10.1 Bildschirmschoner]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos-ge#point10.2 10.2 Bootlogos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Browser-ge#point10.3 10.3 Browser]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Infos-ge#point10.5 10.5 Infos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists-ge#point10.6 10.6 Kanallisten]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Keymaps-ge#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins-ge#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins-ge#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Network-ge#point10.10 10.10 Netzwerk]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Player-ge#point10.11 10.11 Player]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Fonts-ge#point10.12 10.12 Schriftarten]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-station-logos-ge#point10.13 10.13 Senderlogos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Skins-ge#point10.14 10.14 Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Games-ge#point10.15 10.15 Spiele]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Tools-ge#point10.16 10.16 Tools]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Wlan-ge#point10.17 10.17 Wlan]
+>* [wiki:Development-ge#point11 11 Entwicklung]
+>* [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12 12 Fehlerbehebung]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.1 12.1 Neuen Fehler melden ]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.2 12.2 Vorhanden Fehler aktualisieren]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.3 12.3 Fehler als erledigt melden ]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-ge#point12.5 12.5 Loggen]
+>* [wiki:Manufactures-ge#point13 13 Hersteller]
+>* [wiki:Community-ge#point14 14 Community]
+>* [wiki:Contact-ge#point15 15 Kontakt]
+>* [wiki:dicslaimer-ge#point16 disclaimer]
+>
+}}}
Index: wiki/pages/de/WikiDeletePage
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/WikiDeletePage	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/WikiDeletePage	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+= Deleting a Wiki Page =
+
+Existing wiki pages can be completely deleted using the ''Delete Page'' or the ''Delete this Version'' buttons at the bottom of the wiki page. These buttons are only visible for users with `WIKI_DELETE` permissions.
+
+'''Note:''' Deleting a wiki page is an irreversible operation.
+
+If you want to delete a page because you actually re-created a new page with the same content but a different name, it is recommended to keep the page and use it as a redirection page instead of completely deleting it, as to not frustrate the visitor with broken links when coming to the site from a search engine. 
+
+In this situation, chances are that you actually wanted to [[WikiNewPage#renaming|rename]] the page instead of doing a copy + delete. 
+The ''Rename'' operation also offers you the possibility to create a redirection page.
+A redirection page is a short page that  contains a link such as  “See !SomeOtherPage”. 
+
+However, deleting specific versions or even complete pages can make sense to remove spam or other abusive submissions.
+
+----
+See also: TracWiki, TracPermissions
Index: wiki/pages/de/WikiNewPage
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/WikiNewPage	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/WikiNewPage	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+= Steps to Add a New Wiki Page =
+[[TracGuideToc]]
+
+Note: make sure you actually have the rights to edit wiki pages. If you don't see the **Edit this page** button, read the information relative to the editing policy for your Trac installation (usually on the front page WikiStart), or contact your local Trac administrator.
+
+ 1. Choose a name for your new page. See WikiPageNames for naming conventions.
+ 2. Edit an existing page (or any other resources that support WikiFormatting and add a [TracLinks link] to your new page. Save your changes.
+ 3. Follow the link you created to take you to the new page. Trac will display a "describe !PageName here" message.
+ 4. Click the "Edit this page" button to edit and add content to your new page. Save your changes.
+ 5. All done. Your new page is published.
+
+You can skip the second step by entering the CamelCase name of the page in the quick-search field at the top of the page. But note that the page will effectively be "orphaned" unless you link to it from somewhere else.
+
+== Rename a page #renaming
+
+While picking up good WikiPageNames is important, you can always change your mind
+and rename the page later.
+
+You'll need to ask for the WIKI_RENAME permission in order to be allowed to do this.
+When renaming a page, you'll be offered the possibility to create a redirection page, so that links pointing to the old location will not be left dangling.
+
+----
+See also: TracWiki, PageTemplates, WikiFormatting, TracLinks, WikiDeletePage
Index: wiki/pages/de/dicslaimer
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/dicslaimer	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/dicslaimer	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+----
+'''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
+The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
+ 
+TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
+ 
+This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
+ 
+None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
+
+AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
+
+
+ 
+'''No contract, limited license'''
+ 
+
+Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
+
+ 
+
+'''Trademarks'''
+
+ 
+Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
+the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
+ 
+
+'''Information and Content'''
+
+ 
+Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
+
+ 
+'''Final Remarks'''
+
+ 
+Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/de/prozesslist
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/prozesslist	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/prozesslist	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.8 Prozesslist''' [=#point3.7.8.6.8] ([wiki:System-Info-ge#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Process info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/de/test
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/test	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/test	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+test2
Index: wiki/pages/de/test1
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/test1	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/test1	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+test1 test1
Index: wiki/pages/de/testname
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/de/testname	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/de/testname	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''Prozesslist''' [=#point103.70.8.6.8] ([WikiStart#point103.70.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Process info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/AV-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/AV-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/AV-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can setup your audio and visual settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.||
+ ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.||
+ ||'''Auto Resolution:'''  ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
+ ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.||
+ ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.||
+ ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.||
+ ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.||
+ ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.||
+ ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.||
+ ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.||
+ ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.||
+ ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.||
+ ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.||
+ ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.||
+ ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.||
+ ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  watching tv or using the default media player.||
+ ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  using a third party media player.|| 
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/About
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/About	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/About	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+>----
+>'''About''' [=#point3.70.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point103.70 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/about.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you fiew information about the installed titan image.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Adaptor-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Adaptor-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Adaptor-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check and adjust the settings for your Eithernet Interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This will bring up the edit interface dialogue of the selected Eithernet interface.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Hostname)''' ||This will bring up the Hostname dialogue allowing you to edit the host name of the reciever.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.6 Adjust''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can adjust various other settings of the decoder.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Volume Bar Timeout''' ||How long the Volume Bar should display after chang of the volume.||
+ ||'''Infobar Sleep:''' ||timeperiod until the Infobar appears||
+ ||'''Infobar Timeout:''' ||How long the Infobar should display after being displayed.||
+ ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||what function should happen of a second press of the info key.||
+ ||'''Virtualzap Timeout:''' ||???||
+ ||'''Spinnerspeed:''' ||How fast the animated hourglass display should move.||
+ ||'''SpinnerTime:''' ||??? ||
+ ||'''Hangtime:''' ||How long to wait for something to happen before bringing up the crash display.||
+ || '''Fastzap:''' ||Use fast channel switching.||
+ ||'''Dont Clear TV on Zap (Only on Fastzap):'''|| keep the picture on the display during channel change but not during fast channel change. ||
+ ||'''Faststop:''' ||???. ||
+ ||'''Dir Sort:''' ||Select the mode for sorting directorys in file list displays. ||
+ ||'''Power Action:''' ||Function to preform on operation of the power button (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By) ETC... ||
+ ||'''Fast Text Renderer:''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. ||
+ ||'''Record Split Size:''' ||Set the size of recording files and break apart if the recording excedes the selected size. ||
+ ||'''Record Forerun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to pre record before the start of a timer recording. ||
+ ||'''Record Overrun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to record after a timer recording has finished.||
+ ||'''Set Action After Record:''' ||Set the function to preform after a recording or timer has finished.||
+ ||'''Skip 1/3:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 1 and 3. ||
+ ||'''Skip 4/6:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 4 and 6. ||
+ ||'''Skip 7/9:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 7 and 9. ||
+ ||'''Change Channelname Auto:''' ||Automatically change the channel name if it changes or new channels replace old ones. ||
+ ||'''Show Time Line in Channel list:''' ||Show the time display in the channel list display. ||
+ ||'''Animated Screens:''' ||Use anamated displays in the GUI. ||
+ ||'''Animated Speed:''' ||Set the speed of the anamated displays in the GUI if anamated displaus is enabled. ||
+ ||'''Channel List View:''' ||Should the channel list view be automatically hidden. ||
+ ||'''Show Last Position Question:''' ||During the startup of a media file do you wish to be asked where should the play start from. ||
+ ||'''Resync Recording Immediatly:''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly. ||
+ ||'''Recording Name:''' ||Change the default format of the name of the recording. ||
+ ||'''Newsletter:''' ||Show the news letter on startup. ||
+ ||'''Show Hidden Files:''' ||Show files that are makked as hidden in file list displays. ||
+ ||'''Expert Mode:''' ||Set expert mode to enable advanced functions. ||
+ ||'''Show Infobar on Program Change:''' ||Show the infobar when the channel is displayed. ||
+ ||'''Use Cross Control for Fast Zapping and Volume Control:''' ||Use the d-pad buttons for fastzap and volume control. ||
+ ||'''Deactivate Cript Support on Media Playback:''' ||Disable CA and Smartcard decoding when playing back a media file. ||
+ ||'''Deactivate Mini TV:''' ||Disable the mini TV picture when GUI elements are being displayed. ||
+ ||'''Playback Buffer Size:''' ||set the size of the read ahead buffer during playback of media files for smooth playback. ||
+ ||'''Time to Wait After Seek to Fill Buffer:''' ||Pausetime after seek to enable buffer to fill during playback to ensure smooth playback. ||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Architecture-Programming
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Architecture-Programming	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Architecture-Programming	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+----
+'''5 Architecture - programming contents''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models.
+
+This section explains the architecture and programming information that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past.
+
+Please select an item below for more information.
+
+ * ([#point5.1 architecture])
+ * ([#point5.2 Programming language])
+ * ([#point5.3 Source control])
+ * ([#point5.4 The Dev Team])
+
+----
+'''5.1 Architecture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+
+Currently the only supported architecture is the Super-H (sh4), the chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast.
+it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance and has found use in many low power embedded devices because of it low power consumption.
+
+Titannit is linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]).
+
+The sh4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output and the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
+
+TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support.
+
+Note: There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures such as the Proadcom MIPS architecture.  Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+
+For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki]
+
+In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system.
+Python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easily programmable.
+This was done so that users can easily develop and manipulate the system and integrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a performance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system.
+
+TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the performance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit is a semi closed source project based on the SH4 open duckbox project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects.
+
+ * The basic Linux Image used in the project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4]
+ * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source]
+ * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3]
+ * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/]
+ *
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers.
+development is important aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recognized.
+
+''Note: currently this section is blank as i will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark''
+
+
+'''Founding DEV Team Members'''
+
+ * 
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+
+'''Dev Team Members'''
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+'''Loyal Helpers'''
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+'''Team Thanks'''
+
+ We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio who helped to fund the TitanNit project and has showed interst in this project from its beginnings until now.
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+ *
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Atemio-Hotline
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Atemio-Hotline	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Atemio-Hotline	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view contact info from atemio.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Audio-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Audio-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Audio-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can play music.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
+
+----
+ '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Audio:
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||select the autostart Playlist.||
+ ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
+ ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
+
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+
+ ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||opens the network menu screen||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Edit Mode||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Screensaver)''' ||opens the screensaver menu||
+
+----
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Audio-Video-Sat
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Audio-Video-Sat	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Audio-Video-Sat	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.||
+ ||'''Boot Resolution:''' ||set the default startup resolution.||
+ ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.||
+ ||'''Poweroff:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Scart on Standby:''' ||output TV Signal to scart when in standby.||
+ ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.||
+ ||'''Cam Routing:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/en/Auto-Start-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Auto-Start-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Auto-Start-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can change the startup settings.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Default-Autostart-en#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart])
+ * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat-en#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat])
+ * ([wiki:USB-Device-en#point3.6.18.3 USB Device])
+ * ([wiki:Autostart-Network-en#point3.6.18.4 Network])
+ * ([wiki:Child-Safety-en#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety])
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Automatic-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Automatic-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Automatic-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.2.1 Automatic Search''' [=#point3.5.2.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform an automatic channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan in progress (Automatic).||
+ ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
+ ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
+ ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
+ ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
+ ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
+ ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
+----
+ '''After Scan Menu'''
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
+
+
+ 
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Autostart-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Autostart-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Autostart-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+----
+ === Autostart Settings ===
+'''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. ||
+ ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. ||
+ ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. ||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Backup
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Backup	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Backup	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.8 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device.
+
+please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.||
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Blind-Scan-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Blind-Scan-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Blind-Scan-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform a blind scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
+ ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
+ ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
+ ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
+ ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
+ ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
+ ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
+
+ ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Blue-Button
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Blue-Button	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Blue-Button	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/CPU
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/CPU	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/CPU	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Change-Feed
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Change-Feed	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Change-Feed	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Channel-Edit
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Channel-Edit	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Channel-Edit	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+
+>----
+>'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can edit your channel data
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
+ ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
+ ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
+ ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
+ ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
+ ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/en/Channel-Service
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Channel-Service	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Channel-Service	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration-en#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
+ * ([wiki:Automatic-Search-en#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
+ * ([wiki:Manual-Search-en#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
+ * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings-en#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Sat-Finder-en#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
+ * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings-en#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Child-Protection
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Child-Protection	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Child-Protection	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Child_Protection.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.||
+ ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.||
+ ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.||
+ ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.||
+ ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock  on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.||
+ ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.||
+
+ * Soft Cam Pannel
+ * Records and EPG
+ * Media Center
+ * Media Player
+ * Extentions
+ * System
+ * Settigs
+ * Information
+ * Standby/ Poweroff
+ * Main Menu
+ * Media Center
+ * GUI Restart
+ * Power Off
+ * Network Restart
+ * A/V Settings
+ * Adjust
+ * Skin
+ * Plugins
+ * Records
+ * EPG Search
+ * Common Interface
+ * Smart Card Reader
+ * Flash Update Online
+ * Child Protection
+ * Service
+ * Sat Finder
+ * Epg Short View
+ * Single Epg
+ * Multi Epg
+ * Graphic Epg
+ * EPG Search
+ * Records
+ * Plugins
+ * Change Feed
+ * TPK Upgrade (Online)
+ * TPK Install (Online)
+ * TPK Tmp (tmp)
+ * TPK Media (media)
+ * TPK (remove
+ * Channel Service...
+ * Common Interface
+ * Smart Card Reader
+ * Network
+ * Harddisk
+ * VFDisplay
+ * Fancontrol
+ * System Update
+ * Backup
+ * Settings Backup Restore
+ * Receiver Unlock
+ * A/V Settings
+ * Language
+ * Timezone
+ * Red Button
+ * Blue Button
+ * Plugin Button
+ * Adjust
+ * Skin Adjust
+ * Screensaver adjust
+ * Timeshift Settings
+ * Record Path
+ * EPG Settings
+ * Child Protection
+ * Restore Default Settings
+ * Video Settings
+ * Channel Edit
+ * MediaDB Settings
+ * Autostart Settings
+ * Overclocking Settings
+ * Save Settings
+ * Service
+ * Newsletter
+ * About
+ * Streaming
+ * Atemio (hotline)
+ * Titan Changelog
+ * GIT Changelog
+ * System Info
+ * Log
+ * System_Status
+ * Free Space
+ * kernel
+ * Mounts
+ * Network
+ * Ram
+ * System Infos
+ * Cpu
+ * Memory
+ * MTD
+ * Module
+ * Devices
+ * Swap
+ * Top
+ * Prozesslist
+ * USB
+ * Flashupdate (online)
+ * Flashupdate (tmp)
+ * USBupdate (online)
+ * USBupdate (tmp)
+ * Power off
+ * Standby
+ * Restart
+ * GUI Restart
+ * Power Off Timer
+ * Tuner Configuration
+ * Automatic Search
+ * Manual Search
+ * Manual Search Cable
+ * Manual Search Terrestrial
+ * Rotor Settings
+ * Sat Config
+ * Sat Finder
+ * Blind scan settings
+ * Formatt HDD
+ * Filesystem Check
+ * Configure
+ * Time to Sleep
+ * Adapter Settings
+ * WLAN Settings
Index: wiki/pages/en/Child-Safety
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Child-Safety	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Child-Safety	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
+ ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Common-Interface
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Common-Interface	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Common-Interface	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can set up your installed cam devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Picture:
+ ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
+
+  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Community
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Community	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Community	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+----
+'''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum.
+
+For help and support feel free to join us on our forum
+
+||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
+||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Configure
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Configure	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Configure	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5.3 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.3]  ([wiki:Hard-Disk-en#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk select an item and follow tht onscreen prompts.
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Contact
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Contact	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Contact	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+----
+'''15 Contact''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Interested External Developers or testers can feel free to chat with us via Skype. 
+  • Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat" 
+  • Skype Contact: obiwan1976
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/DYNDNS-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/DYNDNS-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/DYNDNS-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network-en#point3.5.4 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.||
+ ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.||
+ ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.||
+ ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.||
+ ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| ||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Default-Autostart
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Default-Autostart	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Default-Autostart	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust the startup settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
+ ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/en/Development
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Development	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Development	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+----
+'''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+=== Plugins Building ===
+
+'''Preparation''' 
+
+In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins. 
+I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins. 
+
+With a fresh clone of the git 
+
+{{{
+make yaud-enigma2-nightly 
+}}} 
+
+after it completes, then 
+
+{{{
+make titanium-plugins 
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Devices
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Devices	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Devices	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Disclaimer
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Disclaimer	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Disclaimer	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+----
+'''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
+The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
+ 
+TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
+ 
+This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
+ 
+None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
+
+AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
+
+
+ 
+'''No contract, limited license'''
+ 
+
+Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
+
+ 
+
+'''Trademarks'''
+
+ 
+Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
+the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
+ 
+
+'''Information and Content'''
+
+ 
+Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
+
+ 
+'''Final Remarks'''
+
+ 
+Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/en/EPG-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/EPG-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/EPG-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+
+For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
Index: wiki/pages/en/EPG-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/EPG-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/EPG-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>Here you can change your epg settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ 
+ ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
+ ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
+ ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
+ ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
+ ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
+ ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
+ ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
+ ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
+ ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
+ ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
+ ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
+ ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
+ ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
+ ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/EPG-Short-View
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/EPG-Short-View	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/EPG-Short-View	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time.
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+----
+'''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+'''9.1 [wiki:External-Software-TiMote-en#point9.1 TiMote]''' ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+[[br]]
+'''9.2 [wiki:External-Software-TiView-en#point9.2 TiView (Android)]''' ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+[[br]]
+'''9.3 [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor-en#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor]''' ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+[[br]]
+'''9.4 [wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI-en#point9.4 E2WebIfAPI]''' ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+
+'''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+
+== Introduction ==
+Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox .
+It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests.
+
+Typical control tasks are :
+
+* Programming (timer) and playing back recordings
+* Live streaming (TV and radio)
+* EPG functions (display, search)
+* Remote control (Remote Control)
+
+You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
+
+== Motivation ==
+
+For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote-en#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool?
+
+But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform.
+
+On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App?
+
+== The solution ==
+TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client.
+
+This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software.
+
+
+== Requirements ==
+
+* The Web server must be enabled on the receiver
+* The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver
+
+== IOS Apps ==
+
+The following apps are installed on my iPad2:
+* dreaMote
+* DreaMote Lite
+* e2RemoteHD
+* Dreambox Live
+
+Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite .
+
+In addition to the app you need a player.
+
+I have tried the following players, which work well for me:
+* Good Player
+* BUZZ Player
+* OPlayerHD Lite
+* VLC Player
+
+VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free.
+
+== XBMC ==
+
+If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+.
+XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox.
+
+== VLC ==
+Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed).
+
+You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel.
+
+How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file?
+
+Enter the address in your Web browser.
+
+Example (favourite is "Polish"):
+
+[http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
+
+Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20".
+
+Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10):
+
+[http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
+
+Client Configuration == ==
+Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly:
+* IP address of the receiver
+* Port: 8080
+* Streaming Port: 8001
+
+Please note that SSL is not supported.
+
+Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote.
+
+[[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]]
+
+== E2webserv.conf ==
+
+You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary.
+
+Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
+
+Here is the content:
+{{{
+# E2 web port
+port = 8080
+# E2 data port
+data port = 8001
+# Titan web port
+titanium- port = 80
+# Titan data port
+titan data port = 22222
+# Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
+titan host = 127.0.0.1
+# Automatic switching of channels
+# It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
+# If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located
+# On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver .
+Autozap = true
+# Log output file
+logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log
+# Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024).
+# When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created .
+# It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used.
+MaxLogSize = 10
+# Thread pool size (1 through 8)
+threadpool = 2
+# Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
+# You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered .
+# But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
+# Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer .
+titanDir = /mnt/settings
+}}}
+
+== Links ==
+
+* Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum]
+* Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+
+'''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]]
+possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete.
+
+== Requirements ==
+SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]]
+Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required.
+
+( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] )
+
+== Windows ==
+* In  Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]]
+(3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0)
+* For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]]
+in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately.
+* In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]]
+only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE
+== Linux ==
+In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) .
+[[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * "
+[[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ".
+
+== Mac OS ==
+In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE.
+
+== The first startup ==
+After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]]
+model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]]
+Receiver model to suite your receiver.
+
+Select the receiver and its System you like to manage.
+
+== Setting the receiver model and type of operating system ==
+Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" :
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/3.png)]]
+
+Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/4.png)]]
+
+After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]]
+you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]]
+The other settings on this page should not be changed.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/5.png)]]
+
+== Download and upload the channel list ==
+
+After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]]
+list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload).
+[[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/6.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/7.png)]]
+
+When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]]
+the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer.
+
+== Edit the channel list ==
+
+== Favourites ==
+
+All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
+of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
+[[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
+The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
+[[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/8.png)]]
+
+After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/9.png)]]
+
+You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
+onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
+and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/10.png)]]
+
+Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
+The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/11.png)]]
+
+When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
+obtains further channel numbers:
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/12.png)]]
+
+=== EPG favourite "EPG scan " ===
+
+For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]]
+Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]]
+will have their epg automatically scaned.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/13.png)]]
+
+=== Satellite ===
+Creating and Editing Satellite entrys
+Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]]
+drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]]
+Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/14.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/15.png)]]
+
+=== Creating and Editing Transponders ===
+
+Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
+is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]]
+Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/16.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/17.png)]]
+
+=== Creating and Editing Channels ===
+Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
+is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]]
+Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/18.png)]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/19.png)]]
+
+=== Using receiver profiles ===
+
+If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]]
+Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles":
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/20.png)]]
+
+Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]]
+The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab.
+[[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]]
+enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]]
+enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again.
+
+When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]]
+discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/scle/en/21.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiMote
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiMote	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiMote	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+
+'''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers. 
+Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported. 
+
+features: 
+- Bouquets / Favorites 
+- Show EPG 
+- EPG search (*) 
+- Show the current station 
+- View recordings, stream and delete (*) 
+- Create, edit and delete timer 
+- Satfinder (*) 
+- Power Control 
+- Virtual Remote 
+- News 
+(*) Only Titannit/E2 
+
+To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed. 
+If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can 
+thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer. 
+Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage! 
+appear
+
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
+[[br]]
+[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiView
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiView	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TiView	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+----
+'''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]]
+The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]]
+[[br]]
+''Highlights of TiView''
+
+- *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC
+- *Watch recordings on your PC
+- *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC
+- *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream
+- Management of timers for recordings
+- Infobar with progress bar for the actual program
+- Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView)
+- Channel EPG
+- Multi EPG
+- Grafical Multi EPG
+- EPG Search
+- Overview of recordings
+- Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver
+- Signal-Monitor
+- Send Messages to your Receiver
+- OSD-Screenshot
+'''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]]
+(Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder)
Index: wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TitanEditor
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TitanEditor	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/External-Software-TitanEditor	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+'''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]]
+on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format.
+
+This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]]
+converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit.
+ 
+- convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels)
+ - edit/delete and add Titan channels
+ - convert E2 picons to Titan picons
+ - manage bouquets
+
+The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
+
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/en/File-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/File-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/File-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]]
+> 
+>Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network)
+> you may do such things as copy delete and move.
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Filesystem-Check
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Filesystem-Check	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Filesystem-Check	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow tth onscreen prompts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Format-Hdd
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Format-Hdd	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Format-Hdd	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 system (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow tth onscreen prompts.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Free-Space
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Free-Space	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Free-Space	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Functions
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Functions	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Functions	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+----
+'''2 Functions''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+'' Highlights of TitanNit ''
+
+     - Powerful Linux operating system 
+     - Fast boot 
+         - About 1 second from standby mode 
+         - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode 
+     - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second) 
+     - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options 
+     - Many options to customize the system to your needs 
+     - Backup / Restore function 
+     - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs.  
+     - Multi-Tuner 
+     - Plug-in management 
+     - Supports many media formats 
+     - Wide range of plugins 
+     - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list 
+     - Screen saver in radio mode 
+     - Remote control buttons freely assignable 
+     - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings 
+     - Low memory consumption 
+     - 24 hour Forum Support 
+     - Growing Community 
+     - Web Interface 
+     - Android app "timote" 
+     - Windows App "tiView" 
+     - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor"
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Git-Changelog
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Git-Changelog	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Git-Changelog	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can git information.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Graphic-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Graphic-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Graphic-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG.
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.||
+ ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
+ 
+
+
+For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
+For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
Index: wiki/pages/en/HTTP-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/HTTP-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/HTTP-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your HTTP interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.||
+ ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
+ ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
+ ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
+ ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
+ ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
+ ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.||
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Hard-Disk
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Hard-Disk	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Hard-Disk	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk.
+please select a menu item for more information.
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Format-Hdd-en#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD])
+ * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check-en#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check])
+ * ([wiki:Configure-en#point3.5.5.3 Configure])
+ * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep-en#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep])
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/History
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/History	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/History	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+----
+'''1 History''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+ * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project.
+ * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go.
+ * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project.
+ * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011.
+ * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force.
+ * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons:
+  * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2.
+  * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming.
+  * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers. 
+  * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems.
+  * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed
+  * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions
+  * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan.
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Installation-Recovery	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+----
+'''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+This section contains information on instalation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver
+
+[[br]]
+
+ * [#point8.1 8.1 Atemio510 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.2 8.2 Atemio520 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.3 8.3 Atemio530 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.4 8.4 Atemio7600 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.5 8.5 Atemio700 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.6 8.6 Atemio7000 and compatible Models]
+ * [#point8.7 8.7 Ufs910]
+ * [#point8.8 8.8 Ufs912]
+ * [#point8.9 8.9 Ufs922]
+ * [#point8.10 8.10 Installation on other Fortis Receivers]
+ * [#point8.11 8.11 Uninstallation On other Fortis Recievers]
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''8.1 Atemio510''' [=#point8.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+----
+'''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+'' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.4 Atemio7600''' [=#point8.4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+'' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install an Atemio 700 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.6 Atevio7000''' [=#point8.6] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? ''
+ * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.7 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.7] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? ''
+ * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
+ * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds) 
+   until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button-
+     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.8 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.8] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? ''
+ * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ .
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the img file
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
+   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
+     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+----
+'''8.9 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.9] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? ''
+ * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
+ * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest firmware TitanNit .
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the img file
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
+   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
+     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
+ * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+
+
+----
+'''Instalation on other Fortis Recievers'''  [=#point8.10] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Installation Notes:'''
+
+''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader''
+
+''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.''
+
+''There are various ways that are explained below:''
+ 
+[[br]]
+
+'''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method'''
+
+ * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver
+ * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment.
+ * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings.
+ * Install the factory loader and reboot.
+ * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatable with Titan
+ * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54).
+ * Extract the zip file
+  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick.
+ * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
+
+''You may now install Titan''
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]] 
+
+'''Cross Flash Method'''
+
+''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatable bootloader from the plugin menu.''
+
+* Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum].
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it.
+ * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts.
+ * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
+
+''You may now install TitanNit''
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Reseller Changer Tool Method'''
+
+''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatable bootloader and flash it to any compatable Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.''
+
+
+* Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader.
+ * Extract the zip file
+ * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID.
+ * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
+     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the 
+     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
+     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
+ * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
+ * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver.
+ * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
+   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
+     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
+ * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
+
+
+This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit.
+
+
+'''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatable receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Recievers-en#point7 Supported Receivers] section.'''
+[[br]]
+[#point8.1 Top of Page]
+---- 
+'''8.11 Uninstalling Titan'' [=#point8.11] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
+
+Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below.
+
+
+'''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot'''
+
+If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method.
+
+This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader.
+
+In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.6 Iboot].
+
+When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions.
+[[br]]
+[#point108.1 Top of Page]
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/en/Interface-Operation
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Interface-Operation	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Interface-Operation	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+----
+'''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
+----
+== Interface and Operation ==
+
+This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
+items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
+
+Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
+If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows:
+
+ Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
+ The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization.
+
+The newer Receiver types like Atemio520  have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future.
+
+Interface and operation contents 
+ please select a menu item from the GUI for more information
+
+ * ([#point3.1 Records and epg])
+ * ([#point3.2 Media center])
+ * ([#point3.3 Media player])
+ * ([#point3.4 Extentions])
+ * ([#point3.5 System])
+ * ([#point3.6 Settings])
+ * ([#point3.7 Information])
+ * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off])
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+----
+'''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg,
+it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View-en#point3.1.1 EPG Short View])
+ * ([wiki:Single-EPG-en#point3.1.2 Single EPG])
+ * ([wiki:Multi-EPG-en#point3.1.3 Multi EPG])
+ * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG-en#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG]) 
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Search-en#point3.1.5 EPG Search])
+ * ([wiki:Records-en#point3.1.6 Records])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources,
+it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media.
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ * ([wiki:Audio-Player-en#point3.2.1 Audio Player])
+ * ([wiki:Video-Player-en#point3.2.2 Video Player])
+ * ([wiki:Picture-Player-en#point3.2.3 Picture Player])
+ * ([wiki:Mediathek-en#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)])
+ * ([wiki:File-Browser-en#point3.2.5 File Browser])
+ * ([wiki:Internet-Browser-en#point3.2.6 Internet Browser])
+ * ([wiki:Weather-en#point3.2.7 Weather])
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+''' information'''
+
+
+Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams)
+
+''' Audio player '''
+ * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
+ * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
+ * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file
+ * Random mode (random)
+ * Repeat mode (repeat)
+ * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers)
+ * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
+ * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
+ * Auto play the next file
+ * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s)
+ * skip << >>
+ * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
+ * Various settings in the Settings Screen
+ * Various sort options
+
+''' Video Player '''
+ * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
+ * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
+ * Automatic Intergration of MediaDB with cover, the background images and IMDB info downloaded from the Internet
+ * Random mode (random)
+ * Repeat mode (repeat)
+ * Streaming mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
+ * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
+ * Automatic Resume from the last position, or playback from the beginning.
+ * Auto play the next file
+ * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
+ * DVD material (VIDEO_TS, usb, dvd drive ) but only if the corresponding Plugin is installed (DVDPlayer)
+ * Various settings in the Settings Screen
+ * Various sort options
+ * seek function (seek 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 with the values ​​from the titan settings)
+                *(seek on -pad up / down 10min left / right 1min)
+ * In the file list (delete file additional menu, Imdb, ...) mode info button
+ * In play mode - Red button - (additional menu Imdb, ...)
+ * In Play Mode - Green button - (image ratio adjustable)
+ * In Play Mode - Yellow button - (audio track selection)
+ * In Play Mode - Blue button - (Screensaver adjustable)
+ * In play mode - button text - (subtitles adjustable)
+ * External Subtitle support (srt / sub files must have the same name as the video file)
+ * Internal Subtitle Support (dvd / mkv files with integrated subtitles)
+ * Manual IMDB lookup for [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb / Cover]
+ * Wallpapers adjustable (only in Full Cover interval / number)
+
+''' PicturePlayer '''
+ * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover) (cover in that case means preview)
+ * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists pls)
+ * Complete slide show with no waiting periods except the first file
+ * Random mode (random)
+ * Repeat mode (repeat)
+ * Supported formats png / jpg
+ * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
+ * Various settings in the Settings Screen
+ * Various sort options
+ * Background radio selection
+
+''' MediaThek /online library '''
+ * View images in groups of 2/6/12/24/30
+ * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard]
+ * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (with Pay-streams are hidden by default this can also be made ​​visible)
+ * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga]
+ * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx ) (blocked by child protection pin)
+ * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Live Streams)
+ * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Live Streams)
+ * Support favourites
+ * More providers are supported with the extension codec pack 
+ * Some Sites allow lokal strorage of their online streams
+ * Memory Buffer adjustable for smooth, streaming
+
+'''File Browser '''
+ * Copy data
+ * Move data
+ * Delete data
+ * Rename data
+ * Create folders
+
+''' Internet browser ''' (if installed)
+ * From remote control unit
+ * Support favourites
+
+'''Weather plugin '''
+ * Select location
+
+----
+'''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Media player is a short file system browser for viewing local media files,
+
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Select)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (EPG)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Sort)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Info Button: (info)''' ||This will allow you to view online IMDB/TMDB information on the current selected media file.||
+ 
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.4 Extentions''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+Extentions menu section contains all the available tools to personalize plugins
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ * ([wiki:Plugins-en#point3.4.1 Plugins])
+ * ([wiki:Change-Feed-en#point3.4.2 Change Feed])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade-en#point3.4.3 TPK Upgrade])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Install-en#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp-en#point3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Media-en#point3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)])
+ * ([wiki:TPK-Remove-en#point3.4.7 TPK Remove])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The System menu section contains all the important settings to set up the Receiver Hardware and Software
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ * ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel Service])
+ * ([wiki:Common-Interface-en#point3.5.2 Common Interface])
+ * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader-en#point3.5.3 Smart Card Reader]) 
+ * ([wiki:Network-en#point3.5.4 Network])
+ * ([wiki:Hard-Disk-en#point3.5.5 Hard Disk])
+ * ([wiki:VFDisplay-en#point3.5.6 VFDisplay])
+ * ([wiki:System-Update-en#point3.5.7 System Update])
+ * ([wiki:Backup-en#point3.5.8 Backup])
+ * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore-en#point3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore])
+ * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock-en#point3.5.10 Receiver Unlock])
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''3.6 Settings''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+----
+
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The Settings menu section contains all the Software settings of the Receiver,
+within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ * ([wiki:AV-Settings-en#point3.6.1 AV Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Language-en#point3.6.2 Language])
+ * ([wiki:Timezone-en#point3.6.3 Timezone]) 
+ * ([wiki:Red-Button-en#point3.6.4 Red Button])
+ * ([wiki:Blue-Button-en#point3.6.5 Blue Button])
+ * ([wiki:Adjust-en#point3.6.6 Adjust])
+ * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust-en#point3.6.7 Skin Adjust])
+ * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust-en#point3.6.8 Screensaver Adjust])
+ * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings-en#point3.6.9 Timeshift Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Record-Path-en#point3.6.10 Record Path])
+ * ([wiki:EPG-Settings-en#point3.6.11 EPG Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Child-Protection-en#point3.6.12 Child Protection])
+ * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings-en#point3.0.13 Restore Default Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Video-Settings-en#point3.6.14 Video Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Channel-Edit-en#point3.6.15 Channel Edit])
+ * ([wiki:Skin-en#point3.6.16 Skin])
+ * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings-en#point3.6.17 MediaDB Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.6.18 Auto Start Settings])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Information.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The Information menu section can list all the information of the Hardware, Software and stream info,
+it also contains help and contact information.
+Within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ * ([wiki:Service-en#point3.7.1 Service])
+ * ([wiki:News-letter-en#point3.7.2 News letter])
+ * ([wiki:About-en#point3.7.3 About])
+ * ([wiki:Streaming-en#point3.7.4 Streaming])
+ * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline-en#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)])
+ * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog-en#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog])
+ * ([wiki:Git-Changelog-en#point3.7.7 Git Changelog])
+ * ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info])
+ * ([wiki:Log-en#point3.7.9 Log])
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''3.8 Standby-Power Off''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The Standby/ Power Off contains settings related to power settings,
+within the menu you can decide how and when the Receiver shuts down
+ Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
+
+ ||'''Power-Off:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely (Deep Standby).||
+ ||'''Standby:''' ||The receiver only shuts down the picture and volume. (Higher energy consumtion than in Deep Standby there for much faster booting time ~1Sek.). All functions of the WEB IF stay active.||
+ ||'''Reboot:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely and reboots. (important for saving changes to the settings)||
+ ||'''GUI-Restart:''' ||Only a reboot of the Titan software (faster) (changes to settings since last reboot/Power-Off are lost!).||
+ ||'''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer-en Power Off Timer])''' ||Opens the Power Off timer menu to automatically switch the receiver to Power-Off or Standby at a specific time.||
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Internet-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Internet-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Internet-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Kernel
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Kernel	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Kernel	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the kernel build info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Language
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Language	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Language	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Language.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages.
+if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings.
+
+ * German
+ * English
+ * French
+ * Greek
+ * Italian
+ * Polish
+ * Russian
+ * Dutch
+ * Vietnamese
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Log
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Log	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Log	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+>----
+>'''Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+> here you can view your error log.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/MTD
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/MTD	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/MTD	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.3 MTD''' [=#point3.7.8.6.3] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the raw flash partitions (MTD).
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Manual-Search
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Manual-Search	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Manual-Search	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can proform a manual channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.||
+ ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.||
+ ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.||
+ ||'''ID''' ||??? .||
+ ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.||
+ ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.||
+ ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .||
+ ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.||
+ ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. ||
+ ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.||
+ ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
+ ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
+ ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
+ ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
+ ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
+ ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
+
+ ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__'' 
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
+----
+ '''After Scan Menu'''
+----
+[[br]]
+
+The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Manufactures
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Manufactures	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Manufactures	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+----
+'''13 Manufactures''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =||
+||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =||
+
+New Zealand maunfacturer for ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower]
+
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/MediaDB-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/MediaDB-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/MediaDB-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.17 MediaDB Settings''' [=#point3.6.17] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/MediaDB_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can change your media db settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''MediaDB Path''' ||Here you can edit the path where the MediaDB is stored.||
+ ||'''Delete MediaDB Before Scan:''' ||here you can to select to clear the MediaDB before a scan.||
+ ||'''Delete Unused Entrys Before Scan:''' ||Here you can delete MediaDB entries For items not used.||
+ ||'''Update Entrys On Scan:''' ||Update entries in the MediaDB with updated information if present.||
+ ||'''Backdrop Download Count:''' ||Select the amount of backdrops to download per Entry in the MediaDB.||
+ ||'''Debug Modus:''' ||Select Debug mode to out put Media DB results logfile.||
+ ||'''Create Thumb Picture:''' ||automatically Create Thumbnails for items in the MediaDB.||
+ ||'''Create Record Picture:''' ||Automatically Creat Thumbnails for recordings.||
+
+To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Mediathek
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Mediathek	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Mediathek	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)''' [=#point3.2.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>Mediathek is the titan online media center to view various feeds from the internet
+>such as utube etc...
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Memory
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Memory	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Memory	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.3 Memory''' [=#point3.7.8.6.2] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Memory info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Module
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Module	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Module	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6 Module''' [=#point3.7.8.6.4] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed loaded Module info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Mounts
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Mounts	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Mounts	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.4 Mounts''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view all mounted devices on the receiver.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Multi-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Multi-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Multi-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.1 Multi EPG''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Multi_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+Multi EPG is a small easy to read horozontal Multi Channel EPG.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
+
+
+For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records-en Records]) for more info.
+
+For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search-en#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4 Network''' [=#point3.5.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Network.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>
+here you can set up your network interface and mounts.
+please select a menu item for more information
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:Adaptor-Settings-en#point3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings])
+ * ([wiki:WLAN-Settings-en#point3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Test-en#point3.5.4.3 Network Test])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Restart-en#point3.5.4.4 Network Restart])
+ * ([wiki:Network-Browser-en#point3.5.4.5 Network Browser])
+ * ([wiki:HTTP-Settings-en#point3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings])
+ * ([wiki:DYNDNS-Settings-en#point3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Network-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Network-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Network-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.5 Network Browser''' [=#point3.5.4.5] ([WikiStart#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup network shares.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Add)''' ||This will bring up the add network share.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||this will edit the currently selected network mount.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (DEL)''' ||The will Delete the currently selected network share.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Search)''' ||This will search the surrent subnet mask for available network shares.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Auth Settings)''' ||this will allow you to edit the current password and user name.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Network-Restart
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Network-Restart	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Network-Restart	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.4 Network Restart''' [=#point3.5.4.4] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can Restart your network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ press the __"Ok"__ button to restart the network interface, Press __"Exit"__ to Cancel.
Index: wiki/pages/en/Network-Test
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Network-Test	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Network-Test	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.3 Network Test''' [=#point3.5.4.3] ([wiki:Network-en#point3.5.1 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check your network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ To Exit from the network test menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (TEST)''' ||This will proform a network test.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/News-letter
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/News-letter	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/News-letter	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.2 News letter''' [=#point3.7.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Newsletter.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view news from the titan team.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Select a newsitem with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ to view it.
+
+To Exit from the Menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Picture-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Picture-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Picture-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.3 Picture Player''' [=#point3.2.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+picture player is where you can view pictures and set up slideshows.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
+
+----
+ '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ Picture:
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Sound:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''interval:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Show Pic Title:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Pic Denom Mode:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Pic Quality:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Pic HW Decoder:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
+ ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
+
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+
+ ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+
+----
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+>----
+>'''Plugins''' [=#point3.4.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Plugins.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+
+In this menu you can run your plugins start and stop them.
+
+to start a plugin select it with the D-pad and press __"ok"__
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ '''Red Button''' This button unloads the currently selected plugin it can not be restarted until the box is rebooted.
+
+ '''Blue Button''' This button restarts the currently selected plugin if it is not loaded or running.
+[[br]]
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Bootlogos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Bootlogos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Bootlogos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+----
+'''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Bootlogos are the default logo that shows during startup and the loading cycle of your Receiver.
+You may select and install these from the online extentions.
+
+||= '''Bikergirl''' =||= '''Blueskulls''' =||= '''Cityflash''' =||= '''Enigmalinux''' =||= '''Fantasygirl2''' =||= '''Fantasygirl''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Firelady''' =||= '''Fireskull''' =||= '''Footballgirls''' =||= '''Ghostrider''' =||= '''Giantgirl''' =||= '''Iceage2scrapufs910''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Linuxgirl''' =||= '''Planets''' =||= '''Thegrimreaper''' =||= '''Zombie''' =||= '''TitanNit 1''' =||= '''TitanNit 2''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''TitanNit 3''' =||= '''TitanNit 4''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/_path_/etc/boot)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+([#point10.2 Top of Page])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Browser
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Browser	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Browser	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+----
+'''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+TitanNit offers a plugin called '''Netsurf''' that allows you to browse the Internet from your receiver. Detailed information will follow.
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/browser_netsurf/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Channel-Lists
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Channel-Lists	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Channel-Lists	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+
+'''10.6 Channel Lists''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+Channel list's are provided by other users.[[br]]
+They contain complete satellite listings aswell as sorted favourites to make it[[br]]
+easier for you to use on your receiver.
+[[br]]
+A list of the current channel lists provided are:
+
+Satellite:
+ * Hotbird 13.0
+ * Astra 19.2
+ * Astra 28.2
+
+Cable:
+ * Cable germany
+ * Cable BW
+ * Cable Unitymedia
+
+
+If you wish to provide your own satellite configurations please post them in the [http://aaf-digital.info AAF forum].
+----
+||= '''default cable''' =||= '''default sat''' =||= '''matze70neueDesign''' =||= '''matze70_sat_1_0''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:ipk/source/settings_matze70neueDesign_sat19_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_matze70_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Bulldog 3xsat''' =||= '''sofa_cableBW''' =||= '''uljanow_1sat''' =||= '''Unitymedia Cable''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_3xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_sofa_cableBW_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_uljanow_1sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_unitymedia_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
+[[br]]
+[#point10.6 Top of Page]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Contents
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Contents	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Contents	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+----
+'''10.1 Plugins''' [=#point10] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+
+----
+
+This list contains a list of the current online plugins.
+
+'''10.1 Screensavers''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Screensavers-en#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers]
+'''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos-en#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos]
+'''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Browser-en#point10.3 10.3 Browser]
+'''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Infos-en#point10.5 10.5 info-news]
+'''10.6 Channel Lists''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists-en#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists]
+'''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Keymaps-en#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]
+'''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' [=#point10.8] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins-en#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]
+'''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins-en#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]
+'''10.10 Network''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Network-en#point10.10 10.10 Network]
+'''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Player-en#point10.10 10.10 Player]
+'''10.12 Fonts''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Fonts-en#point10.11 10.11 Fonts]
+'''10.13 Stationlogos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-station-logos-en#point10.12 10.12 station logos]
+'''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Skins-en#point10.13 10.13 Skins]
+'''10.15 Games''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Games-en#point10.14 10.14 Games]
+'''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Tools-en#point10.15 10.15 Tools]
+'''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents])
+ * [wiki:Plugins-Wlan-en#point10.16 10.16 Wlan]
+
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Emus
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Emus	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Emus	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+----
+'''10.4 Emus''' [=#point10.4] ([wiki:German-Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis])
+----
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_camd3_3_902/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_800/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_806/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_incubus_1_22/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mbox0.6_0010/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_35/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_38a/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_newcs/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_4736v13/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_7209/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755small/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8933/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_nightly/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_spezial/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Fonts
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Fonts	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Fonts	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+----
+'''10.12 Fonts''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Should you not like the graphical presentation of titan or its looks[[br]]
+you may change it by installing the fonts (numbered left to right):[[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''1. actionmanitalic'''[[br]]
+'''2. alpharomanieg'''[[BR]]
+'''3. croissant'''[[BR]]
+'''4. default'''[[BR]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''5. digifaceregular'''[[BR]]
+'''6. goodtime'''[[BR]]
+'''7. ihatecomicsans'''[[BR]]
+'''8. lydianbolditalicbt'''[[BR]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''9. mightyzeocaps'''[[BR]]
+'''10. monoglyceridedemibold'''[[BR]]
+'''11. newgothicbt'''[[BR]]
+'''12. paddingtonbold'''[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''13. ploverbold'''[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Games
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Games	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Games	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+----
+'''10.15 Games''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+This section contains Games that can be installed from the Online Extensions.[[br]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''1. catcatch''' =||= '''2. Tic Tac Toe (wins3)'''
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_catcatch/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_wins3/preview/prev.png)]] =||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Infos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Infos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Infos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+'''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+Currently TitanNit offers multiple info plugins that allow the receiver to browse[[br]]
+the net or local sources for information/news. Further information on these plugins will follow in near future.
+
+ '''IMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdb/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''IMDBAPI''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdbapi/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''News''' enables online viewing of actual news and current events.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_news/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''Stock''' enables online viewing of stock reports.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_stock/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''Streaminfo''' shows details of the current running stream.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_streaminfo/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''TMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_tmdb/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+
+ '''Weather''' allows you to view weather details for selecteted locations from online sources.
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_weather/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Keymaps
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Keymaps	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Keymaps	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+----
+'''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Using this plugin you can map your remote control commands to[[br]]
+the known '''Neutrino''' keymap functionality.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+----
+'''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+'''Pearl LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a Pearl USB LCD dotmatric display[[br]]
+to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of channel logos, channel name, time and timebar[[br]]
+(for remaining time of the running program).
+ 
+The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
+
+Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
+ 
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_picon_gross_schwarz/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+
+'''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:English-Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+'''Samsung LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a[[br]]
+Samsung USB LCD dotmatric display to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of[[br]]
+channel logos, channel name, time and timebar (for remaining time of the running program).
+[[br]]
+The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
+[[br]]
+Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_PICONS_320x240/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+----
+'''10.10 Network''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+The Plugins in this section allow you to extend the communication capabillty of your receiver. 
+
+
+'''DLNA''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video or audio files[[br]]
+directly to other DLNA capable digital devices attached in your home network.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_dlna/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''Facebook''' allows you login and use Facebook from your receiver.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_facebook/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''e2webserv''' allows a connection from an E2 client to your TitanNit receiver and allows[[br]]
+you to control your receiver, stream channels and recordings and allows managemant of[[br]]
+timers (for recordings). Thanks to this plugin it is possible to connect from an iOS[[br]]
+App, a PC or Raspberry Pi with the '''XBMC''' software (VU+).[[br]]
+It is reported to run with dreaMote Lite, dreaMote, e2RemoteHD[[br]]
+and Dreambox Live for iOS aswell as XBMC for Windows7 and Raspberry Pi.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''libpack''' is a compilation of drivers that extend the[[br]]
+communication capability of your receiver.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''libsmbclient''' is a plugin for low Memory receivers. This[[br]]
+plugin has to be installed to enable smbfs setup and usage. 
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''networkbrowser''' allows you to use your remote control to[[br]]
+mount available NFS and CIFSsharepoints inside your local connected network.  
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_networkbrowser/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''OpenVPN''' allows a server client VPN connection. To use this plugin you have[[br]]
+to edit the configuration files and should have sophisticated knowledge in netwrok setup.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/preview/prev.png)]]
+
+'''Samba''' is needed to include your receiver as a Windows networkdrive.[[br]]
+Using the plugin your receiver is a Samba server.
+[[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/preview/prev.png)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+----
+'''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+'''Players''' are plugins to enable the playback of further file formats.[[br]]
+Installing the following plugins you can use your receiver for:[[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''codecpack''' to enable playback of more Online media file formats.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_codecpack/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''dtsdownmix''' to recode DTS Digital Audio to Stereo output.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''dvd-player''' to playback VOB file format.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dvdplayer/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''gmediarender''' to playback music or video files from DLNA compatible devices.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_gmediarender/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''hbbtv''' to connect to HBB-TV Online media.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_hbbtv/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''Media Center''' to playback picutres, audio and video files.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_mc/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''TiThek''' to access more Online media.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tithek/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''TMC''' to playback movies from a local connected Network device.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tmc/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+'''foldericons''' to add a graphical icon to your media folders.[[br]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+([#point10.11 Top of Page])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Screensavers
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Screensavers	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Screensavers	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+----
+'''10.1 Screensavers''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Screensavers show during the playback of music or when the reciever is not in use to protect the tv screen from dammage from long term static images.
+You may select and install screensavers from the online extentions.
+
+||= '''Default''' =||= '''Animation Kidds''' =||= '''Beach''' =||= '''Bikes Motorcycles''' =||= '''Brands Logos''' =||= '''Cars''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/default)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/animation.kidds)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/bikes.motorcycles)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/brands.logos)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cars)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Celebrations''' =||= '''Celebrities''' =||= '''Christmas''' =||= '''Creative Graphics''' =||= '''Cute''' =||= '''Digital Universe''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrations)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrities)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/christmas)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/creative.graphics)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cute)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/digital.universe)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Dreamy Fantasy''' =||= '''Eisriesenwelt''' =||= '''Fantasy Girls''' =||= '''Fc Bayern''' =||= '''Flowers''' =||= '''Games''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/dreamy.fantasy)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/eisriesenwelt)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fantasy.girls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fcbayern)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/flowers)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/games)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''HDR Pictures''' =||= '''Hotgirls 1''' =||= '''Hotgirls 2''' =||= '''Inspirational''' =||= '''Love''' =||= '''Movies''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/HDR-Pictures)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls_2)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/inspirational)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/love)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/movies)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Nature Landscape''' =||= '''Others''' =||= '''Photography''' =||= '''Planes''' =||= '''Radio''' =||= '''Sports''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/nature.landscape)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/others)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/photography)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/planes)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/radio)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/sports)]]
+[[br]]
+||= '''Travel World''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/travel.world)]] =||
+[[br]]
+([#point10.1 Top of Pge])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Skins
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Skins	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Skins	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+----
+'''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Installing one of the follwing skins will change the look of the titan interface you may select and install skins from the online extentions.[[br]]
+
+||= '''0Acht5Zehn''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnblack''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnwhite''' =||= '''Cool''' =||= '''CoolMiniTV''' =||= '''Default''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_black)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_white)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/coolMiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_default/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]
+=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''Default no MiniTV''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue-MiniTV''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV''' =||= '''MetrixHD''' =
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_defnominitv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MetrixHD)]]=||
+[[br]]
+||= '''NoGfx''' =||= '''NoGfx Grey''' =||= '''SmartTV''' =||= '''tobayer01''' =||= '''ufs912''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx)]]=||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx_grey)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/smartTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/tobayer01)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/ufs912)]]
+=||
+
+([#point10.14 Top of Page])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Tools
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Tools	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Tools	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+----
+'''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_autotimer/preview/prev.png)]]  
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Auto timer'''
+
+ Set repeat timers for timer recordings to automatically record[[br]]
+ the same program in future (i.e. serials) or automatic channel switch
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_callmonitor/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Callmonitor'''
+
+ Incoming / outgoing phone calls are displayed on the screen.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_filemanager/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Filemanager'''
+
+ Access your files on the receiver and external drives[[br]]
+ move/copy/delete them.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_IP-Kamera/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''IP Camera'''
+
+ An in-network IP camera can be displayed on the screen.[[br]]
+ Movement of the camera is possible if the camera supports it.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th style="border: none" rowspan=0 align=left
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdpearl1/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''LCD-Pearl'''
+
+ Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Pearl-USB picture frame.[[br]]
+ Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins-en#point110.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]).
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdsamsung/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+  '''LCD-Samsung'''
+
+ Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Samsung-USB picture frame.[[br]]
+ Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins-en#point110.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]).
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_optimize/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Optimize'''[[BR]][[BR]]
+ A tool to optimize the channel lists in TitanNit. Redundant transmitters[[br]]
+ and transponders can be removed here.[[br]]
+ The speed when scrolling through the channel list increases.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_PermanentTime/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Permanent Time'''
+
+ Activate it and the time is shown permanently on your screen[[br]]
+ until you call up the function again to deactivate it.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_tsschnitt/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Record cut'''
+
+ With 'Record cut' You can edit the recordings in titan by cutting the beginning and end.[[br]]
+ Start the desired movie with the internal player, at the desired start-point and End-point[[br]]
+ press the -0- Key on your Remote Control. To view the set markers press -5- on your Remote Control.[[br]]
+ 'Record cut' is now started and by pressing the -Green- button select the movie and with the -Blue- button[[br]] 
+ By pressing the -Yeelow- button the cutting process can be executed in the backbround.[[br]]
+ After the Process has finished an information is shown on the TV-screen.[[br]]
+ The Process can be watched or abborted by pressing the -Red- button.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_rgui/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''RGUI'''
+
+ With Rgui you can access a different Titan Receiver.[[br]]
+ You may also access the TV Program of the other receiver.[[br]]
+ Streaming between both receivers is also possible.
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_scriptexec/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Scriptexec'''
+
+ A small plugin to execute code on the receiver.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_stopifnotused/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''stop if not used'''
+
+ Your receiver is automatically turned off after a set time should no further Key be pressed.[[br]]
+
+ Autostart = yes / no - Time to Action (min) = 30/60/90/120/180/240 - Action = standby / off
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Parted'''
+
+ Parted is neccessary to format a Harddisk with a capacity larger 2TB. After installing[[br]]
+ the plugin it is active so you can setup your Haiddisk straight away.
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_usbreset/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''USB Reset'''
+
+ Attached USB devices are re-read.
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
+[[BR]]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_zapback/preview/prev.png)]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ '''Zapback'''
+
+ Zapback will after a given time automatically switch back to a pre-set channel .
+
+}}}
+([#point10.16 Top of Page])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Wlan
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Wlan	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-Wlan	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+----
+'''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+||= '''WLAN 8192 driver''' =||= '''WLAN Driver 8172u''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt2870sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt3070sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt5370sta''' =||
+||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8192cu/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8712u/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt2870sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt3070sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt5370sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Plugins-station-logos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Plugins-station-logos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Plugins-station-logos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+----
+'''10.13 Channel logos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+'''picons_transparent'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point110.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_black3d'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_gold'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_Kabel'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_transparent_small_black'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_white3d'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point110.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_white70'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_X_LightTransparen'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point110.13 Top of Page])
+
+'''picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small'''
+
+[[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small/preview/prev.png)]]
+[[BR]]
+[[br]]
+([#point10.13 Top of Page])
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Power-Off-Timer
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Power-Off-Timer	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Power-Off-Timer	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+>----
+>'''3.8.4 Power Off Timer''' [=#point3.8.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.8 Standby-Poweroff (return)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Power-Off-Timer.jpg)]][[br]]
+> 
+> here you change your shutdown settings such as fixed shutdown timer.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Ram
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Ram	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Ram	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6 Ram''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the memory information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Receiver-Unlock
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Receiver-Unlock	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Receiver-Unlock	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.10 Reciever Unlock''' [=#point3.5.10] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>Here you can unlock the special features of the decoder after purchase.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Record-Path
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Record-Path	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Record-Path	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.8 Record Path''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Record_Path.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can recording directorys.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Movie  Path''' ||This is the path to the Movie Directory.||
+ ||'''Timer Record Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the timer recordings are stored.||
+ ||'''Record Patht''' ||This is the path to the directory where the manual recordings are stored.||
+ ||'''Timeshift Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the Timeshift files are stored.||
+ ||'''Stream Path''' ||This is the path to the directory where temporary Streams are stored.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This button allows editing of the above paths it will bring up an onscreen keyboard to edit the string selected.||
+ 
Index: wiki/pages/en/Records
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Records	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Records	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.5 Records''' [=#point3.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Records.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Recordings is where you can set up and edit timer set recordings.
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Del)''' ||This will delete the currently selected timer or recording.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Add)''' ||this will add a new timer recording.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop/ Start)''' ||this will stop or start the currently selected timer recording.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past log file for the past timer recordings.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Red-Button
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Red-Button	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Red-Button	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.4 Red Button''' [=#point3.6.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Red_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can configure what happens with the press of the red button
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Remote-Device-Control
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Remote-Device-Control	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Remote-Device-Control	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+----
+'''4 Remote/ Device control''' [=#point4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
+----
+== Remote/ Device control ==
+
+This section contains information about how to control your decoder and how it can be controlled from local and remote sources and helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
+
+
+ ''Please select a menu item from the GUI for more information''
+
+
+'''Remote/ Device control'''([#point4 top of the page])
+
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.1 4.1 RC Remote control]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.2 4.2 On Device Control]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.3 4.3 Web Interface]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Control]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit WebIF]
+ * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.8 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]
+
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''4.1 RC Remote Control''' [=#point4.1] ([#point4 top of the page])
+
+----
+ * ([#point4.1.1 RC Atevio700])
+ * ([#point4.1.2 RC Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600])
+ * ([#point4.1.3 RC Atemio500, Atemio510])
+ * ([#point4.1.4 RC Atemio520])
+ * ([#point4.1.5 RC Atemio520-V2])
+ * ([#point4.1.6 RC Atemio530])
+
+ * ([#point4.1.7 RC UFS910])
+ * ([#point4.1.8 RC UFS912])
+ * ([#point4.1.9 RC UFS922])
+
+[[BR]]
+[[BR]]
+[[BR]]
+
+
+
+
+'''4.1.1 RC Remote Control Atevio700''' [=#point4.1.1]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio700.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atevio 700''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+'''4.1.2 RC Remote Control Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600''' [=#point4.1.2]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio7000.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ The section contains information on the functions and operation of your remote control unit.
+
+ '''Special Function Buttons operation during channel streaming'''
+
+ 
+ ||'''Resolution:''' ||This Key Switches the videomode.||
+ ||'''V.Format:''' ||This Key Switches the Video format.||
+ ||'''Recall:''' ||This key can bring up the recent channel history so you can jump easilly between programs.||
+ ||'''Info:''' ||This Button displays the infobar.||
+ ||'''fav:''' ||This button brings up the favourite and Boquet lists to easilly select programs.||
+ ||'''Menu:''' ||This key opens the menu.||
+ ||'''Sleep:''' ||This Key can setup the sleep timer.||
+ ||'''Help:''' ||This key can display detailed information and help text's.||
+ ||'''Exit:''' ||This key exits menus and popups .||
+ ||'''text:''' ||This key shows the teletext display.||
+ ||'''Ok:''' ||This button confirms menu items and popups.||
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Programming the universal remote to operate a supported TV'''
+
+This section explains how to automatically search and program your universal remote control to operate your tv
+
+NOTE: If no inputs for 10 seconds during Setting the TV RC code the setting mode is terminated.
+
+'''Automatic code search '''
+
+ * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
+
+   Enter the code 001. The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. 
+
+ * Press and hold the "ON / OFF" button until the TV turns off.
+   
+   Note: The LED flashes every 1.5 seconds and sends a new TV power rc code.
+
+ * Release the button immediately then press the "OK" button to store the TV code.
+
+  (This can take up to 15 minutes to cycle all the tv's pre programmed in to the remote from the factory) 
+
+   If you dont let go of the power key in time it will step to the next RC Power button code if this happens use the D-Pad down to rewind 5 codes to attempt to store the code again.
+
+ * To interrupt the search mode, Press the Exit button for 2 seconds and return to normal operation or wait for 10 seconds with no key presses. 
+
+ * The remote control blinks 5 times at the end of the list if the tv has not turned off by the time your tv is not a supported model. 
+
+'''Reset remote to factory programming'''
+
+This will reset the remote back to a factory non programmed state, this is nessesary if the remote  needs to be reprogrammed to operate a new TV and was previously programmed.
+
+ * Press the TV / Atevio button on the remote (for at least 3 seconds) until the LED flashes twice.
+
+ * Enter the code 000. 
+ 
+ * The LED flashes twice to confirm the entry. The remote control will now be reset (no code programmed)
+
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.3 RC Remote Control Atemio 500 / Atemio 510''' [=#point4.1.3]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio510.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 500/510''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.4 RC Remote Control Atemio 520''' [=#point4.1.4]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 520''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.5 RC Remote Control Atemio 520 V2''' [=#point4.1.5]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio520-V2.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 520-V2''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+'''4.1.6 RC Remote Control Atemio 530''' [=#point4.1.6]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atemio530.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC Atemio 530''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+'''4.1.7 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS910''' [=#point4.1.7]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs910.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS 910''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+
+'''4.1.8 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point4.1.8]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs912.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS912''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+'''4.1.9 RC Remote Control Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point4.1.9]  ([#point4.1 back])
+[[BR]]
+{{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
+[[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.ufs922.png)]][[br]]
+}}}
+|----------------
+{{{#!td style="border: none"
+ 
+'''TEXT RC UFS922''' 
+
+}}}
+
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''4.2 On Device Control''' [=#point4.2] ([#point4 top of the page])
+
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the onboard buttons.
+Please note: the control is very limited from the on device controls but simple menu and tv control's can be made:
+
+'''Device Controll keys'''
+
+ 
+ ||'''Power''' ||This Key Switches to the power menu or shuts down depending on the "power action" see ([#point3.6.6 Adjust]) for more info. ||
+ ||'''Menu:''' ||This Key brongs up the on screen display/ menu. ||
+ ||'''Ok:''' ||This key accept on screen prompts. ||
+ ||'''D-pad:''' ||These buttons can control the volume and TV channel when on the TV display it can also be used to navigate the menu and on screen prompts. ||
+
+----
+'''4.3 Web Interface''' [=#point4.3] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the functions and operation of your Receiver from the web interface over LWAN, LAN or wifi.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.3.1 Channel list''' [=#point4.3.1] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''All''' ||Show All Channels from all Boquets .||
+ ||'''Sat''' ||Sort channels By Satellite.||
+ ||'''provider:''' ||Sort channels By provider.||
+ ||'''A-Z:''' ||Sort channels Alphabetically.||
+ ||'''Boquets:''' ||Sort channels By Boquet.||
+
+
+[[br]] 
+----
+'''4.3.2 Box Control''' [=#point4.3.2] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+ 
+ ||'''Power Control:''' ||This brings up the links to control the power settings (shutdown, restart, etc....)||
+ ||'''Message:''' ||Send a message to the display of the tv.||
+ ||'''Remote:''' ||Bring up the remote on the web page for control of the decoder.||
+ ||'''Screenshot OSD:''' ||Take a screen shot of the OSD.||
+ ||'''Play Movie (URL:''' ||Play a movie from the selected url.||
+
+[[br]]
+----
+'''4.3.3 Movies''' [=#point4.3.3] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+This will bring up a list of the movie directory on the reciever please see ([#point103.120.5 Web Controls]) for more information
+
+'''Timer''' [=#point4.3.4] ([#point4 top of the page])
+ 
+ ||'''Timer List:''' ||Show a list of the timer Recordings.||
+ ||'''Timer Archive:''' ||Show a list of all the completed timer recordings.||
+ ||'''Add Timer:''' ||Add a timer recording.||
+
+----
+'''4.3.5 Web Controls''' [=#point4.3.5] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Filelist Display Web Buttons'''
+
+This section explains the functions and discriptions of the icons displayed on the web page along side the file list display.
+
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (web Stream) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button plays the selected program (Stream) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button deletes the selected program ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button downloads the selected program ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button displays the (EPG) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio only (radio)||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is audio and video (TV)||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the selected channel is not available ||
+ 
+
+'''Other Web Buttons'''
+
+This section explains the functions and discriptions icons displayed on the web page title area.
+
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button shows or hides the onscreen remote control ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button turns off the Reciever ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button restarts the Receiver ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button restarts the GUI ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button puts the receiver into standby ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button mute's the sound ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||These buttons select the volume 10 to 100% (left to right) ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button starts a Recording ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This button shows the signal info's ||
+ ||[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/tv.png)]] ||This box enables you to search the EPG type your test into the box and press enter. ||
+
+[[br]]
+----
+
+To open the web interface, use an Internet browser and enter the ip address of your decoder in the adress bar as follows: you may find your ip adress from the system information/network display.
+
+http:// IP.of.receiver
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''4.4 Telnet Control''' [=#point4.4] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Telnet_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the operation of your Receiver over a telnet session.
+
+'''Telnet Setup''' 
+
+ * Eithernet Interface Telnet Setup
+
+  1 A Network connection must be active
+
+  2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]).
+
+  3 Find the IP address from the system info ([wiki:Network-en#point3.7.8.5 Network]) section
+
+  4 Insert the IP address info into the telnet client
+
+  5 Click connect.
+
+[[br]]
+  
+ * Serial Interface Telnet Setup
+
+  1 Connect a null modem cable between the Reciever and PC
+
+  2 Install the client found here: ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty])
+
+  3 Set up the serial port connection parameters
+
+  4 Click connect.
+
+After the above steps are completed you will now be presented with a console where you can login to your Receiver with a username and password.
+
+----
+'''4.5 Rgui''' [=#point4.5] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+RGui is a TitanNit plugin which allows you to operate your Receiver from a different Receiver. Only the Gui is completely transmitted. 
+
+Thus one can operate the reciever remotely, but not stream the TV signal.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+  
+
+----
+'''4.6 Bootloader''' [=#point4.6] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+[[br]]
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/On_Device_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+
+== Iboot is a boot loader. ==
+
+"written by Solala based on based on the project uboot by wolfgang denk [http://www.denx.de]"  (Iboot is included in versions of TitanNit from 1.32)
+
+== Functions of the boot loader: ==
+
+* Identification of the Hardware
+* Starting the Image
+
+
+''' Iboot early startup menu '''
+
+To enter the Iboot startup menu shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control.
+Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay from here you may scroll through the list of available menu items using the D-pad -OK- and -Exit- buttons on the RC Remote.
+
+
+
+''' Expert Mode ''' (not present in av700/7000)
+
+Expert mode is a setting allowing you to enable the advanced menu in Iboot that are hidden by default as these extra setting's enable such features as overclocking that could void your warranty.
+
+To switch Iboot into __"Expert Mode"__ Shutdown the receiver and power up pressing the __"Menu"__ button on the remote control .
+Iboot will then startup showing __"Flash Menu"__ on the VFDisplay
+
+now using D-pad left / right select __"SETTINGS"__  and with up / down button select __"set OSD color"__ and click __"OK"__
+now using the left and right D-pad buttons  left / right to change the colors
+with up / down set the colors individually to
+
+for the '''AM 510/AM520 ''' the code is
+
+Red = 11
+
+Green = 47
+
+Blue = 11
+
+for the '''AM 7500/7600 ''' the code is
+Red = 7
+
+Green = 10
+
+Blue = 5
+
+
+Then press the __"Exit"__ button twice to return to the menu __"Flash"__ the display on the TV screen should now show:
+
+''' ! YOU ACTIVATED EXPERT MODE ! ''' - expert mode enabled
+
+''' ! NO WARRANTY ----- USE AT YOUR OWN RISK ! ''' No warranty - use at your own risk
+
+if you dont agree : execute ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU
+
+if you do not want to lose the warranty, you must run ''' " Clean Environment Sector" ''' in the FLASH MENU
+[[br]]
+
+ 
+==4.6.1 Main categories  [=#point4.6.1] [#point4.6 (back)]    
+
+Please select an item below to see more information.
+
+[#point4.6.2 (Menu Flash)]
+
+[#point4.6.3 (Settings)]
+
+[#point4.6.4 (Menu Misc)]
+
+[#point4.6.5 (Menu Net)] (not present in av700/7000)
+
+
+== Subcategories ==
+
+----
+'''4.6.2 Menu Flash ''' [=#point4.6.2] [#point4.6 (back)]
+
+ ||'''USB IRDupdt Image''' ||flash (depending on SETTINGS > Select USB / SATA dev 1-4) via USB stick or USB HDD from sda1 (standard).||
+ ||'''USBirds list''' ||If several ird Image's are on the USB stick, you can display them, select and then flash the desired one. ||
+ ||'''Clean environment Sector''' ||Resets the bootargs and resets Iboot to the default settings this disables __"Expert Mode"__. ||
+ ||''Clean flash ! Include swap''' ||Deletes the entire image, including the swap area, so all settings, plugins, backups, etc.... are removed. ||
+ ||'''SATA IRDupdt''' ||look for an ird image on the internal or an external SATA hdd / flash stick (not present in av700/7000). ||
+ ||''list SATAirds''' ||When multiple ird Images are stored on the internal or external SATA hdd / flash stick, you can display them select and then flash the desired one (not present in av700/7000). ||
+ ||'''7 . Allow Iboot Update''' ||This is a developer option so you just can flash the ird image ignoring the included boot loader if you wish(not present in av700/7000). ||
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.6.3 Menu Settings ''' [=#point4.6.3] [#point4.6 (back)]
+
+ ||'''Turbosw'''||Select overclocking speeds available settings are (0)265, (1)265, (2)297, (3)297, (4)333, (5)333, (6)364, (7)364. ||
+ ||'''Timeout'''||Delay befor selecting the default boot option. ||
+ ||'''USB Sleep'''||???. ||
+ ||'''Scroll Speed'''||How fast the VFDisplay module moves. ||
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.6.4 Menu Misc''' [=#point4.6.4] [#point4.6 (back)]
+
+ ||'''Disclaimer''' ||Shows the info on the bootloader. ||
+ ||'''Serial Console''' ||Enables Bootloader serial debugging. ||
+ ||'''Reset Board'''||Resets the Receiver and restarts boot process. ||
+
+
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+''' Menu Net ''' [=#point4.6.5] [#point4.6 (back)]
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+----
+'''4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)''' [=#point4.7] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on the operation and control of your decoder from the Htmlapi.
+
+[[br]]
+
+TitanNit provides its own Htmlapi that is freely distributed so that other developers may interface with a reciever running titan.
+
+
+The Htmlapi is very simple to implement an example message structure is as follows:
+
+ * query?param&param&... for html output
+
+ * queryraw?param&param&... for raw-struct output
+
+
+For example if you would wish to send a RC remote keypress of the "Mute" key the message format would be as follows:
+
+ * __query?sendrc&rcmute__
+
+
+if you would like to retrieve a list of all the current satelites the format would be as follows:
+
+ * __queryraw?getsat__
+
+
+the output message back from the Reciever would be as follows:
+
+ * __satname#orbitalpos__ 
+and an example raw output would be:
+
+> {{{Optus_d2#160}}}[[br]]
+> {{{Optus_d1#166}}}[[br]]
+> {{{Intelsat_IS19#156}}}[[br]]
+
+''more information on the protocol and the query strings can be found here [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/browser/titan/doc/htmlapi.txt htmlapi.txt]''
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+'''4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)''' [=#point4.8] ([#point4 top of the page])
+----
+
+[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Web_Control.jpg)]][[br]]
+
+The section contains information on how to setup a FTP connection to your TitanNit Reciever.
+
+[[br]]
+
+Titan Has an inbuilt FTP Server that is able to be used to transfer files to and from your Reciever.
+
+To connect to your reciever you can connect via your browser in windows or use a dedicated FTP program as with many linux programs the default password and user name is "root" and port 21 is the default FTP interface port.
+
+You connect to your Reciever via internet explorer on your pc you need to find the IP address fo the decoder from the system information menu [wiki:System-info-Network-en#point3.7.8.4 Network Information] of your reciever and type it into the address bas as follows:
+
+{{{ftp://Username:Password@Ip_Address:Port_Number}}}
+
+{{{ftp://root:root@192.168.0.1:21}}}
+
+if you Wish to use a dedicated FTP program please read the documentation supplied with your program for information on setup of the FTP connection.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Restore-Default-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Restore-Default-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Restore-Default-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.13 Restore Default Settings''' [=#point3.6.13] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Restore_Default_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can return your device to the default settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Restore Default Settings:''' ||This will restore the settings to the factory default condition.||
+ ||'''Format MNT With Backup / Restore:''' ||This will format the Mount partition after preforming a backup thern it will restore the restore the backup retaining your settings.||
+ ||'''Format MNT (all):''' ||This will format the Mount partition deleting all settings to default condition.||
+ 
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/en/Rotor-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Rotor-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Rotor-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.4 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.4] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can adjust your rotor settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Move''' || Select move mode.||
+ ||'''Fine Move:''' || Select fine move.||
+ ||'''Limit:''' || Select satellite motor limits.||
+ ||'''Go to start pos:''' || Goto the satellite starting position.||
+ ||'''storage position:''' || Select storage position.||
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in rotor settings.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons these functions depend on the selected menu item as follows:.
+
+'''During Move'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Move West)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Search west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow button: (search east)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+ ||'''Blue button: (move east)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+
+'''During Fine Move'''
+
+ ||'''Green Button: (Step west)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Step East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+
+'''During Limit'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (limit Off)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (limit West)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
+ ||'''Yellow button: (limit East)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
+ ||'''Blue button: (limit On)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.|| 
+ 
+
+'''During goto start position'''
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Start Position)''' ||go to the selected start position.||
+
+
+'''During Storage Position'''
+ 
+ ||'''Green Button: (Storage Position)''' ||store selected storage position.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Goto Position)''' ||move dish to the stored position||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Sat-Finder
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Sat-Finder	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Sat-Finder	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.5 Sat Finder''' [=#point3.5.1.5] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check your signal info for the current selected channel.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Screensaver-Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Screensaver-Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Screensaver-Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.8 Screensaver Adjust''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Screensaver_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can setup your screen saver
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Screensaver''' ||enable or disable the screensaver display||
+ ||'''Screensaver Delay:''' ||Set the delat time before the screen saver is displayed.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Interval:''' ||Set the display time of the Screensaver in multi Pic Mode.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Type:''' ||Select the type of Screensaver to display on the screen.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Background:''' ||Select the background during display of the Screensaver.||
+ ||'''Screensaver Pic:''' ||IN Image mode select the picture to Display as the Screensaver.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/en/Service
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Service	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Service	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.1 Service''' [=#point3.7.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you view information on the currently selected service.
+
+[[br]]
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Service)''' ||This will display the current service info on the display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (PIDs)''' ||This will display the PID info on the display.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Tuner)''' ||This will display the current Tuner Configuration info on the display.||
+
+
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Settings-Backup-Restore
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Settings-Backup-Restore	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Settings-Backup-Restore	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can backup and restore your settings.
+
+[[br]]
+
+To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore.
+
+
+'''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your preciously saved settings.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to preform a restor from your preciously saved settings.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this Button to see the backup restore log.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Single-EPG
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Single-EPG	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Single-EPG	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+Single EPG is a small easy to read vertical epg of a single channel that shows the information of the currently selected program.
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
+ ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
+
+For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records-en Records]) for more info.
+
+For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search-en#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
Index: wiki/pages/en/Skin
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Skin	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Skin	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can select your skin
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Skin-Adjust
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Skin-Adjust	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Skin-Adjust	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can edit your skin display settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.||
+ ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.||
+ ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.||
+ ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.||
+ ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.||
+ ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. ||
+ ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. ||
+
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/en/Smart-Card-Reader
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Smart-Card-Reader	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Smart-Card-Reader	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+here you can setup your smart card.
+
+[[br]]
+
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/Streaming
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Streaming	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Streaming	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Supported-Recievers
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Supported-Recievers	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Supported-Recievers	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+----
+'''7 Compatable Revievers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:English-Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
+----
+
+=== Currently, the following receivers are supported: ===
+
+  * Atemio 510/520/530 
+  * Atemio 7600 
+  * Atevio 700/7000 
+  * Kathrein UFS 910 
+  * Kathrein UFS 912/922 (license charges may apply)
+
+Recently TitanNit has been made available for a variety of non-Atemio Receivers. Identical SH4 Fortis Receivers may work with TitanNit.
+
+This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
+
+If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
+
+Please Note:
+  * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
+
+  * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these decoders it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
+
+
+=== Atevio AV 500 HD: ===
+ 
+Model HS- 9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
+ 
+  * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
+  * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
+  * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
+  * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
+  * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
+  * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
+  * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
+  * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
+  * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
+  * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
+  * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
+  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
+  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
+  * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
+  * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
+  * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
+  * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
+  * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
+  * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
+  * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
+  * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
+  * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
+  * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
+  * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
+  * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
+  * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
+  * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
+  * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
+  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
+  * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
+  * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
+  * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
+
+[#point7 Top of Page]
+
+=== Atevio AV 7000 HD: ===
+ 
+The models FS- 9000 and FS -9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
+
+FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
+
+  * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
+  * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
+  * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
+  * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
+  * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny]) 
+
+  * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
+  * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
+  * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
+  * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
+  * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
+ 
+FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
+
+  * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
+  * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
+  * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
+  * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
+  * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
+  * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
+  * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
+  * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
+  * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
+  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
+  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
+  * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
+  * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
+ 
+[#point7 Top of Page]
+
+=== Atevio / Atemio AV 7500/7600 HD: ===
+
+Model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
+
+  * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
+  * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
+  * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
+  * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
+  * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
+  * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
+  * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
+  * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
+  * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand  
+  * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
+  * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
+  * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
+  * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
+  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
+
+[#point7 Top of Page]
+
+=== Atemio AM 500/510 HD: ===
+ 
+Model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
+
+  * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
+  * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
+  * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
+  * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
+  * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
+  * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
+  * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
+  * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
+  * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
+  * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
+  * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
+  * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
+  * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
+  * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
+  * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
+  * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
+  * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
+
+[[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Swap
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Swap	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Swap	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.70.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the swap.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/System-Info
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/System-Info	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/System-Info	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view system wide information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:System-Status-en#point3.7.8.1 System Status])
+ * ([wiki:Free-Space-en#point3.7.8.2 Free Space])
+ * ([wiki:Kernel-en#point3.7.8.3 Kernel])
+ * ([wiki:Mounts-en#point3.7.8.4 Mounts])
+ * ([wiki:System-info-Network-en#point3.7.8.5 Network])
+ * ([wiki:Ram-en#point3.7.8.5 Ram])
+ * ([wiki:System-Infos-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/System-Infos
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/System-Infos	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/System-Infos	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:Information-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view system wide information.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ * ([wiki:CPU-en#point3.7.8.6.1 Cpu])
+ * ([wiki:Memory-en#point3.7.8.6.2 Memory])
+ * ([wiki:MTD-en#point3.7.8.6.3 MTD])
+ * ([wiki:Module-en#point3.7.8.6.4 Module])
+ * ([wiki:Devices-en#point3.7.8.6.5 Devices])
+ * ([wiki:Swap-en#point3.7.8.6.6 Swap])
+ * ([wiki:Top-en#point3.7.8.6.7 Top])
+ * ([wiki:prozesslist-en#point3.7.8.6.8 prozesslist])
+ * ([wiki:USB-en#point3.7.8.6.9 USB])
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/System-Status
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/System-Status	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/System-Status	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the system status of the receiver.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/System-Update
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/System-Update	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/System-Update	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)])
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can proform a system update
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.||
+ ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.||
+ ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/System-info-Network
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/System-info-Network	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/System-info-Network	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.4 Network''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view info on you network interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/TPK-Install
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/TPK-Install	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/TPK-Install	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+>
+>here you can install plugins from from the online repo
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/TPK-Media
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/TPK-Media	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/TPK-Media	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/TPK-Remove
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/TPK-Remove	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/TPK-Remove	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
+>
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can remove your tpk plugins
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/TPK-Tmp
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/TPK-Tmp	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/TPK-Tmp	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory.
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/TPK-Upgrade
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/TPK-Upgrade	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/TPK-Upgrade	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+>here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Time-to-sleep
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Time-to-sleep	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Time-to-sleep	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep[=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk-en#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings.
+[[br]]
+
+
+ 
+
+[[BR]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Timeshift-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Timeshift-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Timeshift-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+Here you can edit your timeshift settings
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.||
+ ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.||
+ ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.||
+ ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
Index: wiki/pages/en/Timezone
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Timezone	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Timezone	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.3 Timezone''' [=#point3.6.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Timezone.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>here you can change your timezone.
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Titan-Changelog
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Titan-Changelog	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Titan-Changelog	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 Information (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+> here you can view the git changelog.
+
+[[br]]
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Top
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Top	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Top	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Process info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Translation
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Translation	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Translation	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+----
+'''16 Translation''' [=#point16] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+
+'''The initial english section and Translation was provided By Professor_jonny'''
+
+You may contact me on the AAF forum if you have any suggestions or additions to add to the wiki:
+
+([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
Index: wiki/pages/en/Troubleshooting
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Troubleshooting	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Troubleshooting	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+----
+'''12  Troubleshooting ''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+In this section it explains how to formally submit a bug and provide debug logs so that this imformation is provided to the developers to action, it will explain how to use the trac ticket system to check and submit bugs for futher analisis.
+
+[[br]]
+
+* Only a __registered__ Users__ can create __Tickets__. If you are not yet registered, you can register here __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Register]__
+* The __User__ must be logged in, You can __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Login]__ here
+* To achieve a faster and easier __trouble shooting__, we now offer the __Ticketsytem__. That way you can directly pinpoint your __error__ to the competent __Developer__. In the next steps we will explain the new __Ticketsystem__.[[Br]]
+* First, check the existing __ Tickets__ if the error has already been reported. This is done as follows. [[Br]]
+  * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ or go directly to __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__.[[br]]
+  * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ and tick the __Tickets__ and begin the search.
+  * Here you can see the current __active Tickets__, if the same error is listed, you can attach your error message to the __Ticket__.[[Br]]
+
+----
+'''12.1 Report a new Error''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+* You have discovered a new bug and it has not been reported so you want to create a new ticket[[br]]
+* Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket New Ticket]__[[br]]
+  * The following fields __need__ to be filled in.[[Br]]
+    * __Summary:__
+      - This is the __displayed name__ of the reported error[[br]]
+    * __Description:__
+      - Copy the link from the __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Board (Community)]__ where the posting was made.
+      - If no posting excists in the __Community__ you can describe the error here.[[br]]
+    * __Component:__
+      - Set the critaria suiting the error so the appropriate __Developer__ is informed.[[br]]
+    * __Responsible:__
+      - Here the ticket can explicitly be assigned to a specific __Developer__.
+  * The following fields can be __filled in__. [[Br]]
+    * __Priority:__
+      - Blocker - __very urgent__ the __ticket__ requires urgent attention.
+      - Critical - __urgent__ other tickets or processes depend upon this error.
+      - Major - __standard__ urgency (__default__).
+      - Minor - __minor__ has a lot of time and __is not so important__.
+      - trivial - __of no importance__ has even more time and __is least__ important.
+    * __Milestone:__
+      - Default is __standard__ if a more appropriate urgency is required it can be used.
+    * __Tags__
+      - This information is used by the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ - is usually not specified/required.
+    * __Version:__
+      - Is only applicable from version __2.0__
+    * __Observer:__
+      - Only a __Developer__ need to fill in this field if he wants to assign this ticket to a __User__, the user then sees it in __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets] __
+
+  * To complete the ticket you click on the field __create Ticket__
+[[br]]
+[#point12 Top of Page]
+----
+'''12.2 Bug Update''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+* You have discovered a bug and it has been reported but you have aditional information that may be helpfull to the developers to repair the problem or have aditional comments on the problem[[br]]
+* Click the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Show Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ or __ [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ Button and __open__ the existing.[[br]]
+  * The following fields __must__ be filled in.[[Br]]
+    * __Add comment__:
+      - Here you can add more details to the error description.[[br]]
+  * To complete the ticket you click on __Submit changes__
+[[br]]
+[#point12 Top of Page]
+----
+'''12.3 Bug Resolve (Report error as completed)''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+
+* You have discovered a previously reported bug is now fixed and want to close the ticket to inform the dev the bug is now fixed.[[br]]
+* Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ and open the respective ticket[[br]]
+  * Scroll down to Action and set the field __resolve as__ to __fixed__
+  * Click on the field _Submit changes__
+[[br]]
+[#point12 Top of Page]
+----
+'''12.4 DebugLevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+
+* In the Configuration file /mnt/config/titan.cfg you can set following debug levels
+  * Minimal: 10
+  * TopfieldVFD: 40
+  * Media Center: 50
+  * MenuList: 60
+  * Network Browser: 70
+  * Hard Disk: 80
+  * Screensaver: 90
+  * Tithek: 99
+  * Global: 100
+  * Ipkg: 130
+  * Imdb/imdbapi/TMDB: 133
+  * Eplayer: 150
+  * Tuning: 200
+  * Stream/Record/Softcam: 250
+  * Radio text: 270
+  * Subtitle: 300
+  * EPG: 400
+  * MediaDB: 777
+  * Mutexes: 900
+  * Function (in/out): 1000
+
+* The default debug level = 10
+[[br]]
+[#point12 Top of Page]
+----
+'''12.5 Debug Logging''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+Logging is a means of getting debug messages from the reciever for development and bug tracking purposes, this can be used to attach to a bug report or track ticked to assist the developer to find where a problem or bug may be traced from.
+
+
+* You have several options for logging
+ * via Telnet:
+  * A Network connection is assential
+  * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) configure the PC for Telnet session
+  * Open the Telnet session to the receiver
+  * Killall -9 rcS titan
+  * Set: ([#point112.4 DebugLevel=])
+  * Titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2> & 1
+  * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
+  * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.error.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
+ * Via RS232 (serial connection)
+  * A Serial connection must consist
+  * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
+  * Open serial session to the receiver
+  * Then send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
+
+* Using debug Images you can also query the kernel messages via a telnet session
+  * Network connection must exist
+  * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
+  * Open serial session to the receiver
+  * cat/proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1
+  * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
+  * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
+[[br]]
+[#point12 Top of Page]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Tuner-Configuration
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Tuner-Configuration	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Tuner-Configuration	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service-en#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
+
+[[br]]
+
+work in progress temp data:
+
+ ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.||
+ ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.||
+   
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu.
+  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point103.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.||
+
+
+>'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.2]
+
+
+
+ ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.||
+ ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.||
+ ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.||
+ ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point103.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.|| 
+
+>'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.3]
+
+''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings''
+
+ ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.||
+ ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.||
+ ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.||
+
+
+ '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer
+
+
+   
+
+
+  
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/USB
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/USB	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/USB	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([([wiki:System-Info-en#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed info on the ubb hosts and devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/USB-Device
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/USB-Device	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/USB-Device	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings-en#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) 
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check snd adjust autostart settings for usb devices.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.||
+ ||'''FSCK Record:''' ||allow recording to usb device on startup.||
+ ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.||
+ ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.||
+ ||'''FSCK Swap:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Record Max Sectors:''' ||???.||
+ ||'''Swap Max Sectors:''' ||???.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
Index: wiki/pages/en/VFDisplay
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/VFDisplay	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/VFDisplay	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.6 VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 System (Back)]) 
+>
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+>Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
+ ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
+ ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.||
+ ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.||
+ ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.||
+ ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.||
+ ||'''LED Brightness Running'''  || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Versions
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Versions	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Versions	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+----
+'''6 Versions''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki-en#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
+----
+
+For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board]
+
+'''USB Release History'''
+
+ * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB
+
+ * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB
+
+'''Flash Release History'''
+
+ * tiTan pre Alpha
+
+ * tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a
+
+ * Titan version 1.23
+
+ * Titan Version 1.24
+
+ * Titan Version 1.25
+
+ * Titan Version 1.30
+
+ * Titan Version v1.32
+
+ * Titan 1.45iboot
+
+ * Titan 1.47iboot
+
+ * Titan 1.49iboot
+
+ * Titan 1.50iboot
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Video-Player
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Video-Player	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Video-Player	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.2 Video Player''' [=#point3.2.2]([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
+>
+>here you can play movies.
+
+
+
+[[br]]
+----
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
+ ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
+
+----
+ '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
+
+[[br]]
+
+ videos:
+ ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+ ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
+ ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
+ ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
+ ||'''Backdrop Interval:''' ||sets the change time of the background picture||
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
+
+
+ ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
+
+----
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Video-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Video-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Video-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+>----
+>'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
+> 
+
+here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below.
+
+[[br]]
+
+ ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.||
+ ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.||
+ ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.||
+  
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.||
Index: wiki/pages/en/WLAN-Settings
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/WLAN-Settings	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/WLAN-Settings	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+>----
+>'''3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network-en#point3.5.4 network (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+ ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.||
+ ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
+ ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.||
+ ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
+ 
+ To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
+ 
+[[br]]
+----
+
+ '''Coloured Button's Functions"
+
+ The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
+ please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
+ 
+ ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
+ ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
+ ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
+ ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
+ ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
+ ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.||
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/Weather
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Weather	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Weather	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+>----
+>'''3.2.7 Weather''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather.jpg)]][[br]]
+> 
+>Weather is where you can view the weather around the world.
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/Wiki
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/Wiki	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/Wiki	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+[=#point0]
+
+{{{#!th rowspan=6 align=justify  
+>[[br]]
+>= Welcome to the TitanNit Wiki =
+>[[br]]
+>* [WikiStart#point0 Main page]
+>
+>                  '''Contents'''  
+>
+>* [wiki:History-en#point1 1 History]
+>* [wiki:Functions-en#point2 2 Functions]
+>* [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3 3 Interface and Operation contents]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.1 3.1 Records and epg]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.2 3.2 Media center]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.3 3.3 Media player]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.4 3.4 Extentions]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.5 3.5 System]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.6 3.6 Settings]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.7 3.7 Information]
+> * [wiki:Interface-Operation-en#point3.8 3.8 Standby-Power Off]
+>* [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point3.9 4.0 Remote/ Device Control contents]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.1 4.1 RC Remote control]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.2 4.2 On Device Control]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.3 4.3 Web Interface]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Control]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit Web-IF (Htmlapi)]
+> * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control-en#point4.80 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]
+>* [wiki:Architecture-Programming-en#point4  5 Architecture and Programming]
+>* [wiki:Versions-en#point6 6 Versions]
+>* [wiki:Supported-Recievers-en#point7 7 Supported Receivers]
+>* [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8 8 Installation / Recovery Contents]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.1 8.1 Atemio510 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.2 8.2 Atemio520 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.3 8.3 Atemio530 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.4 8.4 Atemio7600 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.5 8.5 Atemio700 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.6 8.6 Atemio7000 and compatible Models]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.7 8.7 Ufs910]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.8 8.8 Ufs912]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.9 8.9 Ufs922]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.10 8.10 Installation on other Fortis Receivers]
+> * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-en#point8.11 8.11 Uninstallation On other Fortis Recievers]
+>* [wiki:External-Software-en#point9 9 External Software Contents]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TiMote-en#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TiView-en#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor-en#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI-en#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]
+> * [wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor-en#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]
+>* [wiki:Plugins-Contents-en#point10 10 Plugin Contents]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Screensavers-en#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos-en#point10.2 10.2 Bootlogos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Browser-en#point10.3 10.3 Browser]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Infos-en#point10.5 10.5 Infos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists-en#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Keymaps-en#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins-en#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins-en#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Network-en#point10.10 10.10 Network]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Player-en#point10.11 10.11 Player]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Fonts-en#point10.12 10.12 Fonts]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-station-logos-en#point10.13 10.13 Channel logos]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Skins-en#point10.14 10.14 Skins]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Games-en#point10.15 10.15 Games]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Tools-en#point10.16 10.16 Tools]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Wlan-en#point10.17 10.17 Wlan]
+> * [wiki:Plugins-Emus-en#point10.18 10.18 Emus]
+>* [wiki:Development-en#point11 11 Development]
+>* [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12 12 Troubleshooting]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12.2 12.2 Bug Update]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12.3 12.3 Bug Resolve]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel]
+> * [wiki:Troubleshooting-en#point12.5 12.5 Debug logging]
+>* [wiki:Manufactures-en#point13 13 Manufactures]
+>* [wiki:Community-en#point14 14 Community]
+>* [wiki:Contact-en#point15 15 Contact]
+>* [wiki:Translation-en#point16 16 Translation]
+>* [wiki:Disclaimer-en#point17 17 Disclaimer]
+}}}
+
Index: wiki/pages/en/prozesslist
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/prozesslist	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/prozesslist	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+>----
+>'''3.7.8.6.8 Prozesslist''' [=#point3.7.8.6.8] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
+>
+>Menu Picture place holder:
+>
+>[[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg, 400)]][[br]]
+> 
+Here you can view the detailed Process info.
+
+[[br]]
+
+
+[[br]]
Index: wiki/pages/en/test
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/test	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/test	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+test1
Index: wiki/pages/en/test1
===================================================================
--- wiki/pages/en/test1	(revision 26943)
+++ wiki/pages/en/test1	(revision 26943)
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+test1 test2
